ELECTROPHYSIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS OFCHOLECYSTOKININ ACTIONS IN MAMMALIAN INFERIOR
MESENTERIC GANGLION (AUTONOMIC REFLEX).
Item Type text; Dissertation-Reproduction (electronic)
Authors SCHUMANN, MUHAMMAD AHMAD.
Publisher The University of Arizona.
Rights Copyright © is held by the author. Digital access to this materialis made possible by the University Libraries, University of Arizona.Further transmission, reproduction or presentation (such aspublic display or performance) of protected items is prohibitedexcept with permission of the author.
Download date 04/01/2021 17:50:45
Link to Item http://hdl.handle.net/10150/183872
INFORMATION TO USERS
This reproduction was made from a copy of a manuscript sent to us for publication and microfilming. While the most advanced technology has been used to photograph and reproduce this manuscript, the quality of th~ reproduction is heavily d~pendent upon the quality of the material submitted. Pages in any manuscript may have indistinct print. In all cases the best available copy has been filmed.
The following explanation of techniques is provided to help clarify notations which may appear on this reproduction.
1. Manuscripts may not always be complete. When it is not possible to obtain missing pages, a note appears to indicate this.
2. When copyrighted materials are removed from the manuscript, a note appears to indicate this.
3. Oversize materials (maps, draWings, and charts) are photographed by sectioning the original, beginning at the upper left hand corner and continuing from left to right in equal sections with small overlaps. Each oversize page is also filmed as one exposure and is available, for an additional charge, as a standard 35mm slide or in black and white paper format. *
4. Most photographs reproduce acceptably on positive microfilm or microfiche but lack clarIty on xerographic copies made from the microfilm. For an additional charge, all photographs are available in black and white stan,dard 35mm slide format. *
*For more information about black and white slides or enlarged paper reproductions, please contact the Dissertations Customer Services Department.
U-M-I Dissertation' Information Service
University Microfilms International A Bell & Howell Information Company , 300 N. Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48106,
8623861
Schumann, Muhammad Ahmad
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS OF CHOLECYSTOKININ ACTIONS IN MAMMALIAN INFERIOR MESENTERIC GANGLION
The University of Arizona
University Microfilms
International 300 N. Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, MI48106
PH.D. 1986
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS OF CHOLECYSTOKININ
ACTIONS IN MAMMALIAN INFERIOR MESENTERIC GANGLION
BY
Huhammad Ahmad Schumann
A Dissertation Submitted to the Faculty of the
DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACOLOGY
In Partial fulfillment of the Requirements For the Degree of
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPY
In the Graduate College
THE UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA
1 986
THE UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA GRADUATE COLLEGE
As members of the Final Examination Committee, we certify that we have read
the dissertation prepared by MUHAMMAD AHMAD SCHUMANN
entitled ELECTROPHYSIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS OF CHOLECYSTOKININ ACTIONS IN
MAMMALIAN INFERIOR MESENTERIC GANGLION.
and recommend that it be accepted as fulfilling the dissertation requirement
Date
Date ; ;
r9 (1-( F'~ Date
Date
Final approval and acceptance of this dissertation is contingent upon the candidate's submission of the final copy of the dissertation to the Graduate College.
I hereby certify that I have read this dissertation prepared under my direction and recommend that it be accepted as fulfilling the dissertation
Date J
STATEMENT BY AUTHOR
This dissertation has been submitted in partial fulfillment of requirements for an advanced degree at The University of Arizona and is deposited in the University Library to be made available to borrowers under the rules of the library.
Brief quotations from this dissertation are allowable without special permission, provided that accurate acknowledgement of source is made. Requests for permission for extended quotation from or reproduction of this manuscript in whole or in part may be granted by the head of the major department or the Dean of the Graduate College when.in his or her judgment the proposed use of the material is in the interests of scholarship. In a11 other
instances, however, permission must be obt~~/,/~:~:~, . the author.
SIGNED ~0~.
DEDICATION
To my parents, without whom I would not have realized this "dream".
To my mother, Reya, who has truly "felt" the joy, pain, excitement,
accomplishments and obstacles of her firstborn, and whose faith nourished me.
In love and respect to my father, Ahmad, whose early lessons in perseverance,
courage and a sense of adventure emerged among my assets during doctoral
study. In love and appreciation to my wife, Judie, whose encouragement,
emotional support and understanding created the right environment for my
endeavor.
iii
PREFACE
Transmission in sympathetic ganglion can provide an example of how
diverse and complex peptide and biogenic amine-based chemical communication
can act to co-ordinate a series of behaviors related to a biological function.
It is likely that mUltiple classes of cellular receptors with different
subclasses respond selectively to certain members of the peptide family in
question. The fact that neuropeptides frequently are found to coexist with
each other or with one of the monoamine neurotransmitters adds to the
complexity of the peptide roles in the ganglion. Furthermore, considering
the complex anatomical network of the neuronal organization within the
ganglion, the conventional morphological criteria for synapses may actually
be misleading in identifying target neurons for a peptide transmitter.
Lastly, the heterogeneity of homologous ganglia among species with respect to
neurotransmitters, receptors, and neuronal organization reflects the
potentialities available for mUltiple modes of communication utilized by the
sympathetic ganglion.
To reduce this multitude of factors and to avoid obtaining irrelevant
data, the scientific investigator may study the role of one peptide or a group
of related peptides in a specific ganglion in two different mammalian
species. Accordingly, there were three fundamental pillars that the
research of my dissertation dealt with: a candidate peptide; a sympathetic
ganglion in which the peptide is suspected to have a role, and comparative
studies of this ganglion in two different species. The peptide was one of the
iv
v
cholecystokinins and the ganglion was a prevertebral sympathetic ganglion in
the guinea pig and in the rabbit. The reason why these peptides, ganglion and
species were selected and how the studies were carried out experimentally are
presented in the initial chapters of this dissertation. In addition, these
chapters cover a comprehensive historical background of relevant studies,
identification of the gaps needed to be filled by the present work, synthesis
of the expected significant contributions that the present studies can
provide, and finally instrumenting the plan of each study.
Electrophysiology was the predominant tool in my investigations.
However, the approach varied depending on the situation, being mainly
pharmacological or physiological. As an example, the former was used to
construct dose-response curves for possible existence of a receptor and the
latter for establishing the relationship between exogeneously applied
substances and the endogeneously implemented ones. The bioassays were run
under controlled conditions, and the system for peptide delivery was
thoroughly examined and calibrated to assure reproducibility. Often the
electrophysiologist is unaware of the fate of the peptide under investigation
whether inside the pipette or in the superfusate. For more accurate
correlations between the effects and the parent peptide or its fragment(s),
high pressure liquid chromatography was utilized to obtain qualitative and
quantitative analyses of the peptide species. All the statistically
analyzed data were presented and discussed in the subsequent chapter of the
dissertation.
A dissertation is the resul t of the efforts, ideas, and hopes of more
than the author. To the members of the dissertation committee, I extend a
heartfelt thanks for "being there" to give direction, support,
vi
encouragement, and a bit of humor in the midst of all my "crises". I want to
acknowledge certain individuals who have assisted me not only with the
dissertation but also during my program of doctoral study. Particularly, I
thank Dr. David Kreulen, dissertation director, mentor, colleague and friend
for demonstrating what it means to be "real" in a life that reaches beyond the
University wall. Without his ability to help me develop the ideas during my
research, the dissertation would not have proceeded. I wish to express my
gratitude to Dr. Thomas Burks, Chairman, for his scientific insight that
helped me emerge into a new awareness. Indeed, he has shaped my scientific
personality. To Dr. Thomas Davis for encouraging attention to detail and
subtlety with a sensitivity to the struggles of an emerging researcher. To
Dr. David Nelson, for his fruitful an~ thoughtful critique. To Dr. Ronald
Lukas I extend my true appreciation for his practical pieces of advice and
encouragement.
I would like to recognize others who have enhanced this research
endeavor. I especially thank Dr. I. Glenn Sipes for providing the
stimulating environment during my early difficult times. Dr. Henry Yamamura
for his encouragement and readiness for help either formally or informally.
Mr. Mike Hummell for his skillful technical assistance through,out my research
and Mrs. Rita Wedell for a calm, patient, and organized manner of dealing with
the complex process of elegantly typing my dissertation. I would like to
extend my gratitude to my friends and colleagues, Ms. Natle Miller, Jennifer
Shook, Debbie Fox, Alaa Elsisi, Arthur Buckley and Todd Anthony.
I am deeply grateful to my parents, sister, and brothers for hearing
and learning what this process of "becoming" is all about, for the financial,
emotional and spiritual support they provided and for giving of themselves in
vii
a special way. I especially thank my parents for standing by me at a crucial
decision making time in my career to leave for the U.S.A. Also, with all my
love, I fully apprec iate my wi fe I s cooperat ion in making this dream come true.
Muhammad Ahmad Schumann
Tucson, Arizona
June, 1986
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PREFACE • • • • • • • • Page iv
xii xvi
xvii xviii
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS • LIST OF TABLES. • • • LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS • ABSTRACT. • • • • • • •
1 INTRODUCTION. • . . . . • • • • . • • • . . . • . . . • • 1 2 3 5
1.1 Anatomy of the Mannnalian Autonomic Nervous System. • 1.2 Organization of the Autonomic Ganglia ...•••.. 1.3 Structure of the Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion •...
1.3.1 Prevertebral Ganglia as a Distinct Group from Sympathetic Ganglia . . . • • . • • • • • . .
1.3.2 Anatomy of the Inferior Mesenteric Ganglia •. 1.3.3 Morphology of the Inferior Mesenteric
Gangl ion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3.3.1 Histology .••••••••...•. 1.3.3.2 Ultrastructure ....••. 1.3.3.3 Small Intensely Fluorescent Cells •. 1.3.3.4 Number of Visceral Afferents •. 1.3.3.5 The Ratio of Preganglionic/
Postganglionic Sympathetics.
5 6
11 11 12 14 15
1.4 Function of the Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion ••••. 1.4.1 Visceral Innervation ••••••••
16 16 16 17 18 19
1.5
1.4.2 Modulation of Intestinal Motility. 1.4.2.1 In Situ Studies. ; ••••••• 1.4.2.2 In "V'I't'ro Studies •••..
1.4.3 The Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion as a Reflex Center . • . • • • • . • •
Electrophysiology of the Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion 1.5.1 Extracellular Recordings. . • •••.
1.5.1.1 Conduction Velocity and Synaptic
19 22 22
Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 1.5.1.2 Pathways Through the Ganglion. 23 1.5.1.3 Peripheral Reflex Pathways. • • • • • 24
1.5.2 Intracellular Recordings . • • • • . • 25 1.5.2.1 Basic Electrical Properties of
Ganglion Cells. . . . • • . 25 1.5.2.2 Synaptic Inputs to Ganglion Cells 26 1.5.2.3 Types of Cells. . . • • 28 1.5.2.4 IMG-Colon Preparation. • . • • • • . 29
viii
2
ix
TABLE OF CONTENTS--continued
Page 1.6 Noncholinergic Transmission in the Inferior
Mesenteric Ganglion • • •• ..••••••••• 32 1.6.1 Characteristics. •• ••••.•••••. 33 1.6.2 Colon Distension-Induced Slow Depolarization. 36 1.6.3 Peptides and Transmission. • • • •• . 37
1.6.3.1 Substance P Actions. • . • . • • • • 37 1.6.3.2 Evidence for Substance P as a
Transmitter . . . . . • . . 39 1.6.3.3 Evidence against Substance P as the
Exclusive Transmitter • • • . . 40 1.7 Cholecystokinin. • • • • . • • • . . . • . . . . . . 43
1.7.1 What is Special about Cholecystokinin? • . 44 1.7.1.1 Anatomical Distribution. • . . 44 1.7.1.2 Coexistence with Other Peptides or
Amines. • • • • • • . • . • . . 47 1.7.1.3 Molecular Forms of Cholecystokinin in
the Central and Peripheral Nervous System. • . •
1.7.2 CCK in Sensory Fibers .•
1. 7.3 1. 7.4
Coexistence of Cholecystokinin and Substance P Structure-Activity Relationships and Types of
48 51
52
Receptors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 1.7.5 Sulfated Versus Nonsulfated Cholecystokinin
Octapeptide. • • • • • • • • • • • • . • • 56 1.7.6 Cholecystokinin and the Neurotransmitter
Criteria • . . . • . . • . 57 1.7.7 Clinical Aspects. . • . . 61
1.8 The Problem and Its Significance. 63
MATERIALS AND METHODS. • • • • • 2.1 Materials .•••.•.••• 2.2 Methods • • • • •• • ••.
2.2.1 Preparations •.•••.• 2.2.1.1 IMG-Colon Preparation. 2.2.1.2 IMG Preparation.
2.2.2 Recording and Stimulation. 2.2.2.1 Background. 2.2.2.2 Procedure .• 2.2.2.3 Stimulation. 2.2.2.4 Distension of the Colon.
66 66 67 67 67 68 69 69 71 72 72
3
x
TABLE OF CONTENTS--continued
Page
2.2.3 Solutions and Reagents. . • • • • • • • 73 2.2.4 Exogeneous Application of Peptides • • • 74
2.2.4.1' Pressure Ejection Background. 74 2.2.4.2 Pressure Ejection Procedure • . • . • 75 2.2.4.3 Superfusion • • . . • • . 79
2.3 Cross Desensitization. . • • • • • • 80 2.4 Monitoring the Stability of Cholecystokinin • . • . • 81 2.5 Statistical Analysis. 81
RESULTS. . • • • • • . • . 3.1 Action of CCKS on Membrane Potential and Input
Resistance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1.1 Pressure Ejection Versus Superfusion ... 3.1.2 Nature of CCK8-Elicited Slow Depolarization •. 3.1.3 Imitation of Other Nonch01inergic
Depolarizations ••••..••••.•. 3.1.4 Sulfated Versus Nonsu1fated Form of CCK8 •
3.2 Pharmacological Receptors(s) .••..•.... 3.2.1 Dose-Response Relationship .•••••.••. 3.2.2 Action of Other CCK-Related Peptides •. 3.2.3 Desensitization. • ••.
3.3 Mechanism of Action .••••••••• 3.3.1 Null Potential. . . . . • •. . ••. 3.3.2 Changes in Cation Conductances . • ••.
3.4 Site(s) of Action. • • • • • • . .. . ..• 3.4.1 CCK Antagonists. . • • • . . . •. . •.. 3.4.2 Pre- and Postsynaptic Sites of CCK Action .•.
3.5 Correlation between the Effect of Substance P and CCKa· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.1 Correlation Between the Effect of VIP and CCK8 3.5.2 CCK8-Induced Tachyphylaxis of Colon Distension 3.5.3 Electrophysiological Characterization of
Rabbit IMG . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.3.1 Anatomy. . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5.3.2 Electrical Properties of Neurons in
Rabbit IMG. • . • . • • . • • • • • • 3.5.3.3 Types of Cells. • • • . •.•. 3.5.3.4 Synaptic Responses to Nerve
St imulat ion • . • • • • • . . . • • . 3.5.3.5 Pharmacology of the Slow Potentials
of the Rabbit IMG • • • • . • • • • .
83
83 83 84
92 96 97 97
100 100 106 106 109 110 110 116
119 124 128
133 133
137 141
144
147
4
5
3.5.4
TABLE OF CONTENTS--continued
Stability of CCKSNS Over Time •• 3.5.4.1 In th~ Pipette •••••. 3.5.4.2 In the Superfusate •••• 3.5.4.3 Kinetics of Superfusion •
DISCUSSION • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4.1 Cholecystokinin in Guinea Pig IMG and Transmitter
4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7
Criteria. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCK-Mediated Excitation . Sensitivities of the IMG Neurons to CCKS' . CCK Receptor Sites in the IMG • • . Cholecystokinin-Related Peptides •• Mechanism of CCKS Action. . . • • • Sites(s) of CCKS Action (Presynaptic and Postsynaptic) • . • • • • • • • • • • • • .
4.S Acetylcholine Release • • • . • • • . . • 4.9 Lack of Inhibition of CCKS Action by Peripheral CCK
Antagonists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.10 Imitation of Other Slow Depolarizations ••. 4.11 CCK and Colon Distension Response •••.•• 4.12 Interaction of Cholecystokinin and Vasoactive
Intestinal Inhibitory Peptide • • . • . . • • • 4.13 Interaction of Cholecystokinin and Substance P. 4.14 Role of Cholecystokinin in Transmission of Guinea
Pig IMG • • . . . • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 4.15 Characterization of Cell Types in the Rabbit IMG •• 4.16 Characterization of Synaptic Transmission in the
Rabb i t IMG. • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • 4.17 Possible Purinergic Mediation in the Slow
xi
Page
159 159 164 167
169
169 171 173 174 175 177
180 181
182 185 187
190 191
193 195
19S
Hyperpolarization in Rabbit IMG • • • . • • • • • •• 200 4.18 Peptides and Colon Distension Responses in Rabbit IMG 201 4.19 Stability of Cholecystokinin-Related Peptide. • • •• 203 4.20 Concluding Remarks. 204
SUMMARY. . • 210
6 REFERENCES 214
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
ILLUSTRATIONS ••••. Page
Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
Fig. 3.
Fig. 4.
Fig. 5.
Fig. 6.
Fig. 7. Fig. a.
Fig. 9.
Fig. 10.
Fig. U.
Fig. 12.
Fig. 13.
Fig. 14.
Fig. 15.
Schematic drawing of the isolated preparation of the IMG of guinea pig and its associated nerve trunks. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Schematic drawing of the isolated preparation of the IMG of the rabbit and its associated nerve trunks ••••••.••••••
Intracellular stimulating and recording with a
a
9
single electrode: The active circuit. 70 Schematic diagram of the basic
electrophysiological set-up for recording cell responses to peptides delivered by pressure ejection • • • . • • • • 76
Relationship between ejected volume and duration of pressure application. 77
Relationship between ejected volume and pressure (expressed as pound per square inch, Psi) at various durations • • • • • • • 7a
Action of CCKaNS on neurons of guinea pig IMG . a6 Responses to different methods of peptide
application commpared to the response induced by stimulation in a neuron of guinea pig IMG. a7
Desensitizing action of CCKaNS applied by superfusion on a neuron of guinea pig IMG. •. aa
Histogram summarizing the action of both CCKaNS and CCKaS on neurons of guinea pig IMG in terms of amplitude and duration of their induced slow depolarization. • • • • • . . 90
The noncholinergic nature of CCKaNS-induced slow depolarization in a neuron of guinea pig IMG. • • • • • • . • • • . • • • 91
Types of change in input resistance of neurons in guinea pig IMG induced by CCKaNS. • • • •• 93
Slow depolarization responses produced in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by three different stimuli. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Dose-response relationship for the action of CCKaNS on neurons of guinea pig IMG. • • • 9a
Excitatory actions of cholecystokinin-related peptides on neurons of guinea pig IMG. • • •• 101
xii
xiii
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS--continued
ILLUSTRATIONS ••• . Page
Fig. 3l.
Fig. 32.
Fig. 33.
Fig. 34.
Fig. 35.
Effect of CCKS on the continuous synaptic activity observed in the colon-IMG preparation of guinea pig. • • • • 126
Excitatory action of VIP on a neuron of guinea pig IMG. • • • • • • • • • •• •••••• 127
Interaction of CCKSNS and VIP on an IMG neuron of guinea pig. • • • • • • • • • • . • • • •• 129
TTX blocks the response triggered by colon distension in a neuron of guinea pig IMG 131
Colon distension triggers release of a substance that mediates the slowly developing depolarization recorded in a neuron of guinea pig IMG. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • .• 132
Fig. 36. Desensitizing action of CCKSNS to the slow depolarization (the noncholinergic component) elicited in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by colon distension • • • • • • • • • • • • 134
Fig. 37. Desensitizing action of CCKSNS to the slow depolarization (both the cholinergic and noncholinergic components) elicited in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by colon distension. 135
Fig. 3S. Desensitizing action of CCKSNS to the slow depolarization (the noncholinergic component) elicited in a neuron of guinea pig IMG in the presence of cholinergic antagonists. • • 136
Fig. 39. Effect of hyperpolarizing current on types of neuronal firing in rabbit IMG. • • • • • 145
Fig. 40. Effect of increasing stimulus strength to lumbar colonic nerves on synaptic responses in neuron of rabbit IMG. • • • • • • • • • 146
Fig. 4l. Evoked slow potentialsin a neuron of the rabbit IMG • • • •• •••• • • •• 148
Fig. 42. Types of the slow IPSP produced in neurons of rabbit IMG • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• 149
Fig. 43. Effect of atropine on the evoked slow potentials in a neuron of rabbit IMG • • • •• 150
Fig. 44. Effect of hexamethonium on the evoked slow potentials in a neuron of rabbit IMG • • 154
xiv
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS--continued
ILLUSTRATIONS. • • Page
Fig. 16.
Fig. 17.
Fig. IS.
Fig. 19.
Fig. 20.
Fig. 21.
Fig. 22.
Fig. 23.
Fig. 24.
Fig. 25.
Fig. 26.
Fig. 27.
Fig. 2S.
Fig. 29.
Fig. 30.
CCKaNS-induced tachyphylaxis in an IMG neuron of guinea pig. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Desensitizing action of CCK on the slow depolarization induced in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by repetitive stimulation .•••.••
Enhancement of neural excitability in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by CCKS' •••••••••.
Effect of changing membrane potential on the amplitude of the slow depolarization induced by CCKS in a neuron of guinea pig IMG. • • • •
Relationship between amplitude of the CCKSNS potential (ordinate, depolarization upwards) and the membrane potential at which it is elicited (abscissa) •••••••••••
Effect of TTX on the slow depolarization induced in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by CCKaNS • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Effect of lowering extracellular sodium concentration on the CCKSNS-induced slow depolarization in a neuron of guinea pig IMG •
Effect of raising extracellular potassium concentration on the slow depolarization induced in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by
103
104
105
107
lOa
III
112
CCKa • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 113 Action of BU2 cGMP on the CCKaS-induced slow
depolarization in a neuron of guinea pig IMG. 115 Effect of lowering extracellular calcium on the
slow depolarization induced by CCKS in a neuron of guinea pig IMG • • • • • • • • 117
Effect of TTX on both the presynaptic repetitive stimulation- and CCKa-induced slow depolarization in a neuron of guinea pig IMG. 118
Excitatory action of some tachykinins on neurons of guinea pig IMG. • • • 1 . . . 120
The effegts of (D-Arg1,D-Trp7,9,Leu l)-Sp (2XIO- M) on the responses of IMG neuron of guinea pig to SP and CCKSNS. • • • • • • 122
Interaction of CCKaNS and substance P on a neuron of guinea pig IMG • . • • • • • • 123
Action of CCK30- 33 applied by pressure ejection on a neuron of guinea pig IMG. • • • • • • •• 125
xv
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS--continued
ILLUSTRATIONS. • • Page
Fig. 45. Effect of the intermal between consecutive stimulation on the size of the slow potentials produced in a neuron of rabbit
Fig. 46.
Fig. 47.
Fig. 48.
Fig. 49.
Fig. 50.
Fig. 5!.
Fig. 52.
Fig. 53.
Fig. 54.
IMG. • . . • • • . . . . . . • . . . . . 156 Effect of superfused acenosine on the slow
potentials elicited in neurons of rabbit IMG. 158 Different responses to methylene ATP in two
different. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •• 160 Action of some peptides on neurons of rabbit
IMG. • . . • • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . .. 161 Amino acid sequences of porcine cholecystokinin
(CCK39 ), porcine gastrin (G17) and the decapeptide, caerulein, obtained from the skin of amphibian species. • • • • • • • • 162
Amino acid sequences substance K, substance P, and VIP. • • • • • • •• •••• 163
Stability of CCKaNS inside the pipette of pressure microejection • • • • • • • • • • •• 165
Fate of super fused CCK8NS in the bathing medium • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 166
Relationship between the time of peptide superfusion and the concentration in the recording chamber. • • • • • • • • • • • 168
Cholinergic and noncholinergic pathways to and from inferior mesenteric ganglion of guinea pig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 209
LIST OF TABLES
TABLES • Page
TABLE 1: Anatomical Description of the Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion (IMG) • • . • • • . • • • 7
TABLE 2: Properties of CCKS-Induced Slow Depolarization in Neurons of Guinea Pig IMG. • • • • • . •• 89
TABLE 3: Effect of CCKS on Membrane Input Resistance in Neurons of Guinea·Pig IMG • • . • • • • . 94
TABLE 4: Membrane Passive Electrical Properties in Response to Intracellular Current Flow in Rabbit ll~G Neurons. .. ••.•••• 139
TABLE 5: Membrane Active Electrical Properties to Direct Stimulation of Neurons in Rabbit IMG. • . •• 140
TABLE 6: Properties of the Fast Excitatory Post-Synaptic Potentials (EPSP) in Rabbit IMG • • • •. . 143
TABLE 7: Properties of Slow Postsynaptic Potentials in Rabbit IMG. • • • . • • • • • • . • • . . .• 151
TABLE S: Concentration-Dependent Effect of Atropine on Slow Potential Amplitudes in Rabbit-IMG . .. 152
TABLE 9: Concentration-Dependent Effect of Hexamethonium on Slow Potential Amplitudes in Rabbit-IMG.. 155
xvi
ACh BU2cGMP CCK CCKa CCKaNS CCKaS CCK27- 33 CCK30- 33 DC dTC Ek Fast EPSP Gca Gk GNa HRP 5-HT IMG LHRH
Rin SIF Slow EPSP Slow IPSP SP TTX VIP Vm
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
acetylcholine N2 ,2'-O-Dibutyrylguanosine 3':5'-cyclic monophosphate cholecystokinin cholecystokinin octapeptide, CCK26- 33 cholecystokinin octapeptide (nonsulfated) cholecystokinin octapeptide (sulfated) cholecystokinin heptapeptide cholecystokinin tetrapeptide direct current d-tubocurarine potassium equilibrium potential fast excitatory postsynaptic potential calcium conductance potassium conductance sodium conductance horse radish peroxidase 5-hydroxytryptamine inferior mesenteric ganglion lutenizing hormone releasing hormone input resistance small intense fluorescent slow excitatory postsynaptic potential slow inhibitory postsynaptic potential substance P tetrodotoxin Vasoactive intestinal polypeptide membrane potential
xvii
ABSTRACT
Cholecystokinin (CCK)-like immunoreactive materials have been
localized in neurons with cell bodies residing in the intramural ganglia of
the colon and axons terminating in the IMG of the guinea pig. The
physiological significance of neuronal CCK in sympathetic prevertebral
ganglia is unknown. The goal of the present studies is to test the hypothesis
that CCK is a neurotransmitter mediating reflex activity between colon and
IMG in two mammalian species, guinea pig and rabbit. In vitro IMG
preparations with or without a segment of the colon attached were utilized to
conduct intracellular microelectrode recordings of potentials elicited in
the neurons by CCKS• Doses of the peptide were delivered by pressure
ejection from.a single pipette adjacent to the recording electrode. The
applied peptide triggered a slow noncholinergic depolarization with rapid
onset 0-5 s) and rate of rise 0.6 ~ 0.4 mV/s) in 95% of the neurons tested.
Values of the ED50 for effecting depolarization averages 1.1 ~ 0.5 pmoles.
In 59% of the cells the depolarization was associated with a decrease in Rin
and in 20% w~th an increase. The remaining cells showed no change in Rin.
GNa and GK, were increased and decreased, respectively; potential-dependence
characteristics revealed a null potential of 36 ~ 9 mV in those cells
exhibiting a decrease in Rin. Other CCK-related peptides such as gastrin,
caerulein, and CCK27- 33 effected similar slow depolarizations. CCK8-evoked
slow depolarization imitated the slow depolarization produced either by
colon distension or by electrical stimulation of LCN. Upon repeated
xviii
xix
administration of CCKS' the response of the neurons to the peptide underwent
tachyphylaxis. In addition, peptide application desensitized the slow
depolarization evoked by repetitive stimulation in 50% of the cells.
Furthermore, in an equal percentage of neurons, CCKS administration caused
significant decremental responses of the colon distension-induced slow
depolarization. These observations disclosed bot~ pre- and postsynaptic
sites of action for CCKS• This conclusion is further supported by lowering
Ca2+ (ten times) and administering TTX (3~M) which caused no effect and
depressed 30% of CCKS-induced slow depolarization, respectively. Spantide
(SP antagonist) blocked the response to pressure ejected SP in 5 out of b
neurons, while leaving the same cell fully responsive to CCKS indicating
separate receptor sites for SP and CCKS• Moreover, completely desensitizing
the cell response to SP did not cross desensitize its response to CCKa as
observed in 6 neurons. Similarly, in another 6 cells, VIP did not cross
desensitize the response of the neuron to CCKS• In the rabbit IMG, CCKa
excited some neurons. The physiological significance of this excitation is
unknown since colon distension did not show any slow depolarization. These
results strongly support the hypothesis that CCKa or one of its related
peptides is a neurotransmitter mediating peripheral reflex activity
involving both the colon and the IMG in guinea pig.
1 INTRODUCTION
The name "autonomic nervous system" was first proposed by Langley and
Dickinson (1889) who were able to block transganglionic nervous transmission
with the local application of nicotine. Langley separated the sympathetic
division (thoroco1umbar outflow) from the rest of the autonomic nervous
system. It was not until the discovery of substances whose effects imitated
the responses produced by stimulation of either the thorocolumbar or of the
craniosacral outflow, that Langley (1901) coined the term parasympathetic
for the craniosacral outflow. Since Langley could not distinguish visceral
afferents, he considered the autonomic nervous system purely efferent and
used the classical terms "preganglionic" and "postganglionic". The
identity of the substance that mediates transmission through the sympathetic
or parasympathetic ganglion was later demonstrated by Loewi (1921) and
Felbberg and Gaddum (1934) to be acetylcholine.
In this section, I will first present in a broad view the anatomy of
the autonomic nervous system and the general organization of the autonomic
ganglia. Later, the focus will be on the structure, function, and ganglionic
transmission of prevetebral ganglia with emphasis on the inferior mesenteric
ganglion (IMG). The text is important in that it will lay down a background
for formulating the problem of the present studies.
1
2
1.1 Anatomy ~~ Mammalian Autonomic Nervous System
Although not entirely free from voluntary control, the autonomic
nervous system includes reflex mechanism served by afferent, efferent, and
central integrating structures that regulate body functions and which can
proceed independently of volitional activity. The autonomic nervous system
is composed of efferent nervous pathways that have ganglionic synapses
outside the nervous system. It, also, includes neurons in the brain, brain
stem, and spinal cord through which the autonomic pathways are functionally
connected. Langley (1898) subdivided the autonomic nervous system into a
sympathetic, a parasympathetic and an enteric portion. The viscera are
mostly innervated by both sympathetic and parasympathetic fibers. In
contrast, some structures such as Dlood vessels and sweat glands have only
single innervation. Although variations do occur (as an example see Randall
~~., 1955), the preganglionic fibers of the sympathetic division arise
with cell bodies in the intermediolateral and intermediomedial cell columns
of the spinal cord and join the ventral roots of Tl to L2 and the
postganglionic neurons in the autonomic sympathetic ganglia. The
preganglionic fibers synapse in the sympathetic chain (paravertebral
ganglia) or traverse several of the ganglia up or down the chain before
synapsing, or may pass through the ganglia to synapse in collateral
(prevertebral) ganglia near viscera. These latter fibers form the
splanchnic nerves.
3
Preganglionic fibers of the parasympathetic nervous system have cell
bodies in the visceral brain stem nuclei and the second to fourth sacral
segments. The cranial components are projecting to the head and neck, thorax
and abdominal viscera via the third, seventh, ninth and tenth cranial nerves
and the bulbar accessory. The sacral segments supply the distal ganglia of
the descending colon and pelvic organs with preganglionic fibers.
Finally, the enteric autonomic neurons, which comprise the intrins ic
neurons of the gut, include the sensory neurons and interneurons. At
present, it is difficult to subdivide these neurons into afferent and
efferent components. The extrinsic input to the enteric neurons is very
limited, and the enteric nervous system is capable of integrating activity in
the absence of all central nervous system connections. It may, thus, be
regarded as even more "autonomic" than the other divisions (Nilsson, 1983).
1.2 Organization ~~ Autonomic Ganglia
Autonomic ganglia are divided according to their locations into
paravertebral (chain) ganglia and prevertebral (collateral) ganglia which
are the synaptic sites of sympathetic fibers, and previsceral (terminal) or
intramural ganglia in which the synapses of parasympathetic fibers are found.
The preganglionic neurons to the paravertebral ganglia have myelinated axons
projecting from the ventral roots forming the white communicating rami which
also contain myelinated visceral afferent fibers. The postganglionic
fibers leave the sympathetic chains either as separate nerves (e.g., the
cardiac and pulmonary nerves or the nerves forming the carotid plexus to the
head) or rejoin the spinal nerves via unmyelinated fibers called the gray
4
connnunicating rami and exiting through peripheral nerves. The exiting
postganglionic fibers supply the blood vessels and skin pilomotor muscles and
skin glands. Preganglionic sympathetic fibers from several spinal segments
destined to the abdominal and pelvic organs pass through the chain ganglia
without synapsing (Skok, 1973) and fuse to form the splanchnic nerves (the
greater, the lesser, the least, and the lumbar splanchnic nerves) which end in
prevertebral ganglia situated around branches of the abdominal aorta. The
postganglionic fibers originating in these ganglia pass along branches of the
aorta to supply the viscera.
The superior cervical ganglion has inputs from the upper four
cervical levels. The middle, if present, gets its input from the fifth and
sixth cervical segments. The inferior cervical ganglion which, in most
cases, fused with the first thoracic ganglion to make the stellate ganglion,
receives inputs from the seventh and eighth cervical segments. Receiving
several inputs from different spinal segments makes cervical ganglia
resemble the prevertebral ganglia. Stellate ganglia are intermediate in
their locations between the para- and prevertebral ganglion (Foley, 1945).
Furthermore, the chain ganglia in the coccygeal region are fused into the
coccygeal ganglion or ganglion impar. Finally, the number of sympathetic
ganglia in the thoracic, lumbar, and sacral regions varies considerably among
species (Kuntz, 1953).
Terminal and intramural ganglia comprise the parasympathetic and
enteric ganglia, respectively. Parasympathetic ganglia are located on or
within the walls of various organs and comprise cranial ganglia such as
ciliary, sphenopalatine, otic, submandibular and Langley's ganglion, and the
cervical ganglia of the uterus (Appenzeller, 1982). The enteric ganglia
5
have neurons organized as two major interconnected plexuses known as
myenteric (Auerbach's) and submucosal (Meissner's) plexuses (Wood, 1983).
The enteric motor neurons (excitatory or inhibitory) may be activated
directly by local physical or chemical stimuli, or may be involved in local
reflexes initiated by intrinsic sensory neurons (Furness & Costa, 1980;
Gershon, 1981). Few of the enteric neurons can be regarded as postganglionic
neurons of the extrinsic autonomic pathways. For instance, the anterior
part of the gut is supplied by the vagi and the posterior part of the gut is
innervated by the pelvic nerves and perivascular plexuses.
For greater details about autonomic ganglia, the reader is referred
to one of the following good references: Skok, 1973; Gabe11a, 1976, E1fvin,
1983; or Nilsson, 1983.
1.3 Structure ~ the Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion
1.3.1 Prevertebra1 Ganglia as a Distinct Group
The abdominal prevertebra1 ganglia lie close to the median sagittal
plane of the body, ventral to the abdominal aorta. They are not paired
ganglia, and they include celiac and the superior mesenteric ganglia which
comprise the solar plexus, the inferior mesenteric ganglion or plexus, and
the pelvic plexus. These ganglia have certain major characteristics that
make them a distinct group from other sympathetic ganglia. The major
characteristics are: the preganglionic nerves take various routes to the
prevertebra1 ganglia, frequently entering the ganglia through a number of
nerve trunks; the prevertebral ganglia receive other synaptic inputs of
peripheral origin; the involvement of the ganglia in peripheral reflex
6
activity; the localization of various neuropeptides in the prevertebral
ganglia; and complicated system of pathways to and from the ganglia and with
or without effecting synapses with the ganglion cells. All these aspects
will be addressed in detail in one representative ganglion to the abdominal
prevertebral ganglia, the inferior mesenteric ganglion (IMG). (For
detailed information about the other members of the prevertebral sympathetic
ganglia, see Skok, 1973; Szurszewski, 1981; Elfvin, 1983; and Simmons, 1985).
The aforementioned characteristics demonstrate that the
prevertebral ganglia do not function solely to relay cholinergic
preganglionic impulses from the spinal cord to the peripheral visceral
organs, but that these ganglia are also involved in the integration of both
centrally and peripherally originating synaptic information transmitted by
both acetylcholine and noncholinergic transmitters. These findings, which
have led to a re-evaluation of the traditional concepts of sympathetic
neurotransmission, separate the prevertebral ganglia as a distinct group.
1. 3.2 Anatomy of the Inferior Nesenteric Ganglia
Sources for illustrations and descriptions of the IMG ganglion are
given in Table 1. Drawings of the IMG of the guinea pig and rabbit are
presented in Fig. 1 and 2, respectively. The IMG is found where the inferior
mesenteric artery merges with the abdominal aorta. The ganglion of the
guinea pig (Fig. 1) consists of two nonsymetrical but similar lobes the
smaller of which is located cranial to the artery. The two lobes are
connected to each other by commissures that embrace the base of the inferior
mesenteric artery. According to Langley and Anderson (1896) and Kuntz
(940) , preganglionic fibers reach the ganglia through the lumbar splanchnic
7
TABLE 1
Anatomical Description of the Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion (IMG)
Species
Cat
Rabbit
Dog
Guinea Pig
Monkey
Man
Reference
Langley & Anderson, 1896; Skok, 1973;
Jule & Szurszewski, 1983; Lloyd, 1937;
Job & Lundberg, 1952; Harris, 1943;
Oscarsson, 1955
Simmons & Dun, 1985; Brown & Pascoe, 1~52;
McLennan & Pascoe, 1954; Schumann & Kreu1en, 1985;
Langley & Anderson, 1896
King & Szurszewski, 1984a & 1984b
Crowcroft ~~, 1971
Trumble, 1933
Mitchell, 1953
Nerve.
Inferior Mesenteric
Artery
Colonic Nerves
In14lDrlrna,Clenteric
8
erve
- Aorta
" Lumbar - -- - --Splanchnic
Nerves
Fig. 1. Schematic drawing of the isolated preparation of the IMG of the guinea pig and its associated nerve trunks.
Aorta-..
Inferior Mesenteric Artery
Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion ,
" / Lumbar Splanchnic Nerves
Inferior Mesenteric Vein
Intermesenteric Nerve
. t Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion
Fig. 2. Schematic drawing of the isolated preparation of the IMG of the rabbit and its associated nerve trunks.
\0
10
nerves and intermesenteric nerve. The lumbar splanchnic nerves connect the
ganglion with lumbar sympathetic ganglia from L2 to L4 • The intermesenteric
nerve at the rostral pole of the ganglion connects the ganglion with the
superior mesenteric ganglion. The ganglion gives rise to two hypogastric
nerves at the caudal pole and several colonic nerves at the anterior aspects
of the ganglion, which form the pelvic and colonic plexus respectively.
There are differences in the morphology, regional organization, and
functional aspects among the ganglia of different species (vide infra).
There is also considerable variability in the anatomy of the ganglion both
within and between species (Skok, 1973; Gabella, 1976; E1fvin, 1983; Nilsson,
1983). One of the major differences, among the ganglia of the mammalian
species, is an increase in the size and number of ganglionic masses as the size
of the animal increases. In the rabbit IMG (Fig. 2), one lobe of the ganglia
is far larger than the other lobe. Simmons (1985) has reported that in the
rabbit IMG, a number of filaments leave the upper part of the ganglion
laterally and pass anteriorly along the inferior mesenteric vein. These
filaments are collectively termed by Langley and Anderson (1896) the
ascending mesenteric nerve. These filaments join strands from the superior
mesenteric ganglion and give off branches along the vasculature to the colon.
The ganglion main lobe (and even the small lobe) of the rabbit IMG is larger
than and more distinct from either the cat IMG which is more scattered as small
masses (Jule & Szurszewski, 1983) or guinea pig IMG. In this respect it is
similar to the dog IMG which is also a large discoid mass (Crowcroft &
Szurzsewski, 1971; King lie Szurszewski, 1984a). In human, if it exists, the
ganglionic masses are scattered in a way similar to that of the cat (Kuntz,
1956). Generally the IMG is absent or vestigial in man (Owman ~..!!.., 1983).
11
1.3.3 Morphology of the Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion
1.3.3.1 Histology. Histological examinations have been
performed with respect to the IMG of human and cat. According to Kuntz
(1940), the majo~ity of human IMG cells are stellate in shape and medium in
size. They have mostly long unbranched dendrites radiating from the cell
bodies in all directions. Some cells exist with short but mostly branched or
accessory dendrites that usually do not penetrate cell capsules. The
intricacy of the neuronal connection networks are presented by the long
dendrites which make dendritic tracts or fasciculi, form nests around the
cell bodies, and interlace giving rise to dendritic glomeruli of many
adjacent ganglion cells. Such an arrangement may involve large number of
ganglion cells in intimate association. Preganglionic axons, which effect
synaptic connections in the IMG, enter the ganglia in bundles with visceral
afferent fibers originating from the dorsal root ganglia (DRG) and traversing
the ganglia. Many axons ramify and synapse with the dendrites. One axonal
terminal always effects synaptic contacts with dendrites of more than one
ganglion cell. Synapses exist also between axonal terminal and ce11 bodies
or the proximal portion of dendrites. The visceral afferent fibers which
emerge from DRG and traverse the ganglia extend distalward in axonal bundles
arising from the ganglia as postganglionic fibers. Other ganglionic
afferent fibers will be discussed under section 1.3.3.4. The caliber of
these axons is similar to that of the preganglionic fibers. In the case of
cat IMG, a similar pattern was observed with infrequent short dendrites and no
dendritic glomeruli. Mostly, there are dendritic fasciculi where the
synaptic contacts are effected. The diameter of the neuronal cell body in
12
the cat ganglion ranges from 20 to 40 II m (M'Fadden ~ &., 1935).
Using the histochemical method of Falck and Hillarp for the
fluorescent localization of monoamine, Falck (1962) and Hamberger, ~&.
(1965) found that among sympathetic ganglia examined, in both rabbit and cat,
the preverterbral ganglia had the most well-developed system of adrenergic
terminals. Removal of the paravertebral ganglia from L3 to L7 , removal of
the celiac ganglia, section of the colonic nerves or section of the
hypogastric nerves did not alter the peridendritic nests in the IMG
(Hamberger and Norberg, 1965). Thus, the nests apparently originate within
the ganglia.
1.3.3.2 Ultrastructure. Ultrastructural studies have been
conducted on the cat and guinea pig IMG. In an effort to clarify the
morphological correlate to the inhibitory function thought to be served by a
rich supply of adrenergic synapse in the IMG (Hamberger & Norberg, 1965;
Hamberger ~ &., 1965), Elfvin (1971a) utilized systematic electron
microscopic analysis to establish the synaptology of the postganglionic
cells of the cat IMG. Their studies have revealed both short and long
dendrites. A striking finding is the scarcity of synaptic contacts located
on the surface of the cell or its short dendrite (from 1 to 3 J.lm in length and
1000 A in diameter; known as accessory dendrite by light microscopists).
However, the axosomatic synapses are more numerous than the axodendritic
synapse on the short dendrites. The preganglion terminals (sometimes one
terminal) ofaxosomatic and axodendritic synapses contain clear synaptic
vesicles (presumably Ach-containing vesicles) or granular vesicles (from 500
to 1000 R in diameter) with moderate dense core. Moreover, the cytoplasm of
13
the short dendrites includes a large number of vesicles (from 200 to 500 ~ in
diameter) of extremely dense core (amine containing vesicles correspond to
the fluorescent basket-like networks seen with the Falck-Hillarp technique) •
The short dendrites effect dendriodendritic synapses with adjacent
postganglionic neurons. It is suggested that the activity of the accessory
dendrites may influence the adjacent dendrites, which they contact, by an
inhibitory mechanism. In addition to forming conventional synapses with the
postganglionic neurons, the preganglionic fibers of the cat IMG also form
between one another a large number of specialized membrane contacts near
their terminations (Elfvin, 1971b). The presynaptic parts of these
structures contain large number of only granulated vesicles (500-1000 ~ in
diameter) with a moderately dense core. Synapsing of axonal terminals
indicates the possible existence ofaxoaxonal synapse in the IMG.
As for the large dendrites (from 1 to 3 lJm in diameter) of the
postganglionic neurons in cat IMG, they effect both dendrodendritic as well
as axodendritic synapses between different neurons (Elfvin, 1971c). Only
few, if any, axosomatic synapses are seen. Narrow branchlet dendrites
effecting dendrodendritic synapse usually have many vesicles (from 200 to 500
R in diameter) with dense core. Specialized membrane contacts have a very
intimate topographic relationship to one or several axodendritic synapses.
It is suggested that the dendrodendritic contacts are part of an inhibitory
fiber system by which a postganglionic cell is able to modulate the activity
of neighboring cells. In addition to all these synaptic arrangements, the
cat IMG shows axoglial and dendrosomatic synapses (Archakova!:! al., 1982).
The complexity and diversity of IMG synapses, as pointed at in the
aforementioned findings, forbid viewing the ganglion as a mere relay center.
14
1.3.3.3 Small Intensely Fluorescent Cells. SIF cells are seldom
found in the cat IMG; they have, however, been found in the rabbit IMG (Elfvin,
1968). The cells 00 to 25 m in diameter) occur in small groups, each group
being surrounded by a common sheath of satellite cells. In several cases,
cell processes have been found to leave the granule-containing cells. In
guinea pig IMG where the ratio of ganglion cells to SIF cells has been
calculated at 4: 1 (Crowcroft ~ al., 1971b), the processes of the SIF cells
are not close to or effecting synaptic contact with the ganglion cells. The
SIF cells have long processes located to blood capillaries either at the
endothelium or at the pericytes. At the later site, there is an
accumulation in the SIF cell processes of small dense core vesicles, similar
to those in adrenergic nerve terminals. By using an immunohistochemical
fluorescent method, Elfvin~.!!.:. (975) were able to demonstrate that all SIF
cells exhibit strong tyrosine hydroxylase and dopamine- -hydroxylase
positive fluorescence indicating their capability to store norepinephrine.
They have highly opaque granules similar to those in the adrenal medulla.
Some SIF cells show the presence of phenylethanolamine-N-methyltransferase
indicating that they also store epinephrine; they contain less opaque
granules. Some cells contain a mixture of both types of granules. No
evidence either biochemically (Crowcroft et al., 1971b) or
immunohistochemically (Elfvin~ al. , 1975) was found for dopamine in the SIF
cells of the guinea pig IMG.
The ultrastructure of the innervation of the SIF cells has been
studied further by Furness and Sobels (976) in guinea pig IMG using light and
electron microscopy. In this work, there are two types of innervation of SIF
cells by axons terminals: Noradrenergic terminals which arise locally from
15
IMG neurons (they contain small agranu1ar vesicles which increase in electron
opacity after pretreatment with 5-hydroxydopamine and they fail to
degenerate after the decentralization of the ganglia); and cholinergic
terminals of central origin (they contain agranular vesicles that are not
affected by 5-hydroxydopamine and undergo degeneration after
decentralization of the ganglia). The authors also have obtained evidence
for the exocytotic release of the contents of the srF cell vesicles into
capillary spaces.
The view that SIF cells might act as interneurons was accepted after
some morphologists found synaptic contacts formed by these cells on the cell
bodies of postganglionic neurons of the rat superior cervical ganglion
(Matthews and Raisman, 1969; Williams, 1967). However, most of the SIF cells
in the IMG would serve as paraneurons, like small endocrine glands releasing
their catecholamine into the ganglion vasculature (Furness and Sobels,
1976) • Finally, some authors consider the SrF cells as elements performing
sensory function in the IMG (Archakova, 1982).
1. 3.3.(' Number of Visceral Afferents. Utilizing osmic acid to
stain the myelinated fiber and the Bodian protargol silver method to
demonstrate both the myelinated and unmyelinated axon, Harris (1943) has
counted the number of visceral afferents in cat IMG. After severing the
inferior mesenteric nerve of the cat, there are 2,500 visceral afferent
fibers in the splanchnic nerves and 5,000 in the peripheral nerves: 3000 in
the colonic nerve and 2,000 in the hypogastric nerve (Harris, 1943). Two
explanations can be given for the splanchnic versus peripheral nerve
difference: upon reaching the IMG each fiber gives off one collateral; or some
of these visceral afferent fibers do not have their cell bodies in the DRG, but
16
are fibers of enteric origin which terminate in the IMG. The visceral
afferent fibers reaching the colon have been shown to be exclusively
unmyelinated while some of those in the hypogastric nerve have been shown to
be myelinated.
1.3.3.5 The Ratio ~ Preganglionic/Postganglionic Sympathetics
Harris (1943) estimated that two out of three postganglionic
sympathetic fibers in the colonic and hypogastric nerves have their origin in
the IMG. If all the preganglionics synapse in the ganglion, the ratio of
pregaglionic to postganglionics is 1:1.5, and if not, the ratio is 1:2
(Harris, 1943). Low preganglionic: postganglionic ratios have been taken as
support for a diffuse control of the viscera by symapthetic systems as
compared to a ·more precise control of the parasympathetic system. The
preganglionic: postganglionic ratio in the IMG and the number of ganglion
cells innervated by a single preganglionic fiber are discussed below.
1.4 Function ~ the Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion
1.4.1 Visceral Innervation
IMG innervates the distal part of the alimentary canal and some other
pelvic viscera with adrenergic nerves (Furness & Costa, 1974 & Johansson &
Langston, 1964). This was first demonstrated by an experiment in which
nicotine was used to block transmission through the ganglion and has since
been confirmed by studies using histochemical means to locate adrenergic
neurons.
In cat and rabbit, nicotine was used by Langley and Anderson (l895b)
to show that the origin of sympathetic fibers terminating in the colon and
17
rectum is the IMG; however, they referred to the existence of a small number of
more peripherally located· cells. For example, stimulation of the
hypogastric nerves of the cat caused a contraction of the internal anal
sphincter, which was weakened, although not blocked by nicotine (Langley &
Anderson, 1895a and 1895b; M'Fadden~.!!..:.., 1935). The IMG was also shown to
innervate via hypogastric nerve the base of the bladder (Langley & Anderson,
1895b). Some of the preganglionic fibers in the hypogastric nerves end in
the ~IG. Others continue without synapsing through the hypogastric nerves
to reach the vesical plexus in the bladder wall (Mosley, 1936). Similar
properties of innervation have been shown in the internal genital organs - the
vasa deferentia, and seminal vesicles in the male and the uterus and vagina in
the female (Langley & Anderson, 1895c). The hypogastric nerves also contain
fibers from the sacral nerves which thus gain access to the bladder and other
pelvic organs (L~ngley & Anderson, 1894). The response to stimulation of
hypogastric nerves varies from species to species (Ingersull & Jones, 1958).
The postganglionic fibers innervate the vasculature and intrinsic
ganglia of the intestine. Few fibers act directly on the muscle coats,
except in the sphincter regions where there is a dense innervation.
Sympathetic, activation results in a decrease in motility due to a decrease of
ACh release from the intramural neurons and due to sphincter contraction
(Furness & Costa, 1974). More details about the innervation and interaction
between the IMG and the colon will be discussed below.
1.4.2 Modulation of Intestinal Motility
The first observations of the autonomic control of the large
intestine came out of two laboratories (Bayliss & Starling, 1900; Langley &
18
Anderson, 1895a; 1896a). It was shown that stimulation of the lumbar
splanchnics or of the colonic nerves results in an inhibition of contraction
in the large intestine, while stimulation of the pelvic nerves results in
contraction. Subsequent studies on the role of the IMG in intestinal
motility confirmed these original observations;
1.4.2.1. In Situ Studies. Following stimulation of the colonic
nerves or in particular the hypogastric nerves, a marked contraction of the
internal anal sphincter occurs in anesthetized dogs (Learmonth & Markowitz,
1929). Sectioning of the colonic nerves is followed immediately by an
increase in the intraco1onic pressure and, occasionally, by an increased
amplitude of the contractions of the colon (Learmoth & Markowitz, 1930).
This reveals a tonic inhibitory influence on the musculature of the distal
colon. Based on these observations, section of the IMG was used as a
treatment of Hirschsprung's disease (Ross, 1935). Hirschsprung's disease
is due to a congenital absence of the enteric plexuses. Although no
intestinal hypermotility was observed in the cat following removal of the IMG
(M'Fadden~ al., 1935), there was a decrease in transit time through the
colon. In another study, the movement of the large bowel of the cat was
measured by a ballon inserted through the anus (Garry, 1933a). Section of
the colonic and hypogastric nerves led to a marked increase in both tone and
rhythmicity, while section of the preganglionics or hypogastrics alone had
slight or no effect respectively. Section of the colonic nerves alone led to
a marked increase in gut activity even with intact preganglionics.
Therefore, it was concluded that inhibition of the colon is maintained from
the IMG via lumbar colonic nerves. Similar observations have been reported
in the dog (Lawson, 1934 and vide infra).
19
1.4.2.2 ~ Vitro Studies. Garry and Gillespie (1955) using in
vitro preparation of rabbit colon attached to both colonic and pelvic nerves,
found that stimulation of the pelvic nerve produced a maximum contraction at
frequency of 10 Hz while maximum inhibition obtained by stimulation of the
colonic nerve at frequency of 100 Hz. The effect of pelvic stimulation was
antagonized by hexamethonium and atropine. The response to colonic
stimulation disappeared in colon taken from reserpinized animals, indicating
the involvement of a catecholamine transmitter (Gillespie & MacKenna, 1961).
1.4.3 The Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion as a Reflex Center
The fact that the sympathetic ganglia are sites of synaptic
interaction has been evident since the work of Langley. In this context,
Langley viewed the sympathetic nervous system as purely efferent.
Therefore, the evidence for independent activity in mammalian sympathetic
ganglion was unacceptable. However, the following observations have
disclosed the fact that the IMG is more than a simple relay station and can be
viewed as an integrating center for reflex activity.
Evidence has been presented for continued inhibition of the
intestine by the IMG following acute decentralization. Lawson (1934) has
showed that stimJlation of the colonic nerves produced inhibition of the
colon and contraction of the internal anal sphincter. Stimulation of the
hypogastric nerve produced similar responses in the colon, but in the distal
part and the internal anal sphincter. The inhibitory phase was prolonged by
cutting the spinal inputs to the IMG. Moreover, sectioning the hypogastric
nerves while stimulating the colonic nerve or vice versa further prolonged
the inhibition. Lawson (1934) concluded that the cells of the IMG act
20
independently of preganglionic influences and that the relationships of the
response of one intestinal segment to other segments depends on either
autonomic or reflex activity in the cells of the IMG. In an anesthetized dog,
decentralization of the IMG decreases basal tone in the anal and proximal
colon and raised that of the middle colon. It also increased the contraction
in the distal colon. Ganglionectomy does not affect uniformly the basal tone
but it increases the contractility throughout the colon (Lawson & Holt,
1937). This was a further evidence that control of the colon by
decentralized IMG is a result of nervous activity originating within the
ganglion itself, independent of inputs from the central nervous system.
Denervation experiments revealing the persistence ofaxons in the
distal ends of the nerve trunks of the IMG following nerve transection more
centrally, further suggest that the IMG is a reflex center. Not all axons in
the IMG degenerated after extirpation of the lumbar segments of the
sympathetic trunk and intermesenteric nerves (Harris, 1943; Kuntz, 1940).
Following ganglionectomy (~'Fadden ~ al., 1935) or cutting the colonic
nerves (Kuntz, 1940), intact axons are still found in the distal part of the
colonic nerves. It is concluded that these intact fibers are of enteric
origin.
In anesthetized cats, the lumber segments of the sympathetic trunks
and the intermesenteric nerves were severed, and the colon was transected in
order to interrupt the enteric plexuses (Kuntz, 1940). In these experiments
all neural pathways from the distal segment of the large intestine to the
proximal segment were interrupted, except pathways through the IMG.
Balloons were placed in the proximal and distal segments of the colon. Only
when the proximal segment was rhythmically contracting (i. e. not quiescent) ,
21
did distension of the distal segment result in inhibition of the proximal
segment. This is an example of an intestino-intestinal reflex response
through the IMG. Further, Kuntz and Saccomanno (1944) demonstrated that the
IMG could modulate true reflexes independent of central involvement.
On the assumption that some of .the persisted distal axons, after both
decentralization and denervation, make synapse in IMG, these axon are
regarded as the afferent limb of a reflex arc. An inhibition of the
contracting proximal colon is still observed following distension of the
distal segment acutely or days after decentralization of the IMG by bilateral
extirpation of the lumbar sympathetic trunk and section of the
intermesenteric and hypogastric nerves. The chronic decentralization
ensures that the dorsal root afferents had undergone degeneration. It is
concluded that impluses arising in the colon are conducted to the IMG through
axons of enteric gangl ion cells. These axons synapse onto IMG neurons which
transmit impulses back to the colon forming a true reflex arc. More direct
evidence for the involvement of the IMG in peripheral reflex activity has been
provided by the electrophysiological studies described below.
Further evidence for guinea pig IMG as a reflex center has been
gathered from the experiments done by Kreulen and Szurszewski (1979a and
1979b). In in vitro preparation consisting of the right and left celiac,
superior mesenteric and inferior mesenteric ganglia with attached colon, the
input from the intermesenteric fibers dominates in the superior mesenteric
ganglion. Thirtythree percent of the neurons in the celiac and fiftyfour
percent in the superior mesenteric ganglion receives a continuous excitatory
synaptic input that is increased by distending the colon. The input can be
interrupted irreversibly by transection of the intermesenteric nerves
22
(Kreu1en & Szurszewski, 1979b). It is concluded that both the afferent and
efferent pathways of a peripheral reflex are located in the intermesenteric
nerves and may mediate visceral reflexes between mechanoreceptors and
sympathetic neurons in the colon.
1.5 Electrophysiology of the Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion
1. 5.1 Extracellular Recordings
Extracellular recordings from the nerves associated with the IMG
have revealed information on the conduction velocity in these nerves, on the
synaptic delay occurring in the ganglia, and on the reflex pathways through
the ganglia.
1.5.1.1 Conduction Velocity ~ Synaptic Delay. Preganglionic
fibers (splanchnic and intermesenteric) have been reported to have both fast
and slow conduction velocities determined in several species: cat (Lloyd,
1937; Krier ~ a1., 1982), dog (King & Szurszewski, 1984a) and rabbit (Brown &
Pascoe, 1952; Kreu1en, 1982b; Simmons & Dun, 1985). The lowest value
reported (0.1 m/s) was in the case of splanchnic fibers of the dog (King &
Szurszewski, 1984a). The highest (10 m/s) was in the cat (Lloyd, 1937).
Postganglionic fibers showed conduction velocity as measured by
intracellular recording of 0.25-0.5 mls in the rabbit (Simmons & Dun, 1985).
The mean conduction velocity of presynaptic fibers in the lumbar colonic
nerve was 0.5 m/s. The hypogastric nerve of the cat contained fibers of
conduction velocity as low as 0.8m/s (Adrian~al., 1932) and as high as 12.8
mls (Lloyd, 1937); in the dog the value, as measured by intracellular
recording, was ranging from 0.1-1 mls (King & Szurszewski, 1984a); and in
23
guinea pig from 0.5-10 mls (Ferry, 1967). Values of conduction velocity
derived from intracellular recordings are presented here for comparison with
those derived from the extracellular recordings.
The experimental value of the synaptic delay reported is much longer
than the true value by the time taken for impulses to traverse the fine
terminal preganglionic fibers. In the rabbit IMG in vitro, a delay of 30 ms,
before the appearance of a spike in the intermesenteric nerve produced by
stimulating inferior splanchnic nerve, was estimated at 20 to 220 C (Brown &
Pascoe, 1952). However, the value derived by intracellular recording was
7.5 ms (Kreulen, 1982a and 1982b). The minimum synaptic delay, in the L.'1G of
the cat, reported was 4.5 and 5 ms (Job & Lundberg, 1952; Lloyd, 1937,
respectively).
1.5.1.2 Pathways Through the Ganglion. The fiber pathways through
the IMG have been described on the basis of evidence derived from the action
potentials set up by volleys in various preganglionic and postganglionic
nerves together with the action of nicotine in blocking transmission.
According to this approach, Lloyd (1937) gave a summary of transmission
pathways in cat IMG and its associated nerves. Stimulating the lumbar
splanchnic nerves produced synpatic responses in the colonic and hypogastric
nerves (Lloyd, 1937). Moreover, stimulating the hypogastric nerve
triggered synaptic responses recorded in both the same nerve and colonic
nerve and an antidromic response seen in the lumbar splanchnic nerve (Lloyd,
1937; Job & Lundberg, 1952). Stimulation of the lumbar splanchnic nerve or
the intermesenteric nerve associated with an in vitro preparation of rabbit
IMG evoked synaptic response in the intermesenteric nerve (Brown & Pascoe,
1952). The organization of presynpatic terminals (the nerve endings of
24
lumbar splanchnic 1l:erves and of the hypogastric nerve) on the IMG cells of the
cat showed extensive convergence of fibers on postganglionic neurons in the
colonic nerve (Oscarsson, 1955).
1.5.1.3 Peripheral Reflex Pathways. Earlier physiological
studies suggesting the existence of reflex pathways have been confirmed by
extracellular recording.
In order to ascertain the origin of reflex activity, degeneration
experiments have been carried out by Job and Lundberg (1952). Their
experiments included the bilateral excision of the spinal ganglia from ninth
thoracic to the fifth lumbar level, section the dorsal and ventral roots of
these segments, and decentralization of the ganglia by cutting the lumbar
splanchnic nerves. None of these treatments al tered the responses produced
by hypogastric nerve stimulation in both the same nerve and colonic nerves of
the cat. Based on these observations, it was concluded that the presynaptic
fibers carrying the reflex do not originate central to the IMG but in the
ganglion itself. Following section and degeneration of the hypogastric
nerve, stimulation and recording on tne peripheral part of this nerve showed
an action potential. Accordingly, the origin of these fibers must be located
peripherally to the IMG. The origin of the lumbar sympathetic inhibitory
outflow to the large intestine of the cat has been studied by DeGroat and Krier
(1979). The firing of lumbar colonic nerve was depressed, but not blocked,
by the administration of hexamethonium or by decentralization of the IMG.
These treatments resulted in increased slow rhythmic waves in the colon,
indicating that there was some postganglionic influence primarily of central
in origin. However, transection of the lumbar colonic nerve enhanced
colonic motility in animals with an intact neuraxis, in acute spinal animals
25
and in animals where the thoracolumbar sympathetic outflow was blocked. It
was concluded that there were two possible reflexes sustaining an inhibitory
input to the colon, a spinal reflex dependent on the integrity of the dorsal
root afferents and a peripheral reflex through the IMG.
1.5.2 Intracellular Recordings
Intracellular recordings from single cells have served to illustrate
mUltiple synaptic input pathways, allow direct comparisons of intracellular
responses to the activity of the colon in the ganglion colon preparation, and
reveal the effect of peptides on the ganglion cells and their role in synaptic
transmission.
1.5.2.1 Basic Electrical Properties 2i Ganglion Cells. The
membrane properties for in vitro preparations of the IMG have been reported in
guinea pig (Crowcroft & Szurszewski, 1971; Szurszewski & Weems, 1976), cat
(Krier ~ al., 1982; Jule & Szurszewski, 1983), dog (King & Szurszewski,
1984a), rat (Kreulen, 1982a) and Rabbit (Kreulen, 1982b; Simmons & Dun,
1985).
Based on their resting membrane potentials and input resistance,
cells in guinea pig IMG as well as pelvic ganglion were categorized (Blackman
..=! al., 1969; Crowcroft tic Szurszewski, 1971) in three types. The first type
had a maximum resting membrane potential of -65 mV and constituted 80% of
cells. The cells of this type had a high input resistance (ranged from 40 to
150 MQ), large after hyperpolarization, and low thresholds for excitation.
Action potentials evoked by direct stimulation and whose amplitude often
exceeded 100 mV were followed by prolonged phase of after hyperpolarization.
The amplitude of the after hyperpolarization ranged from 7 to 20 mV (Blackman
26
potential ranges from 100 to 500 ms with a mean duration of 175 ms.
Overshoots of the action potential ranges from 10 to 20 mV. The second type
of cells had a more negative membrane potential (ranged from -77 to -85 mV) and
low input resistance (20 MS'l or less). These cells had high t:hreshold and
smaller after hyperpolarization. The third type also included cells of high
resting membrane potential but were inexcitable and, therefore, are thought
to be glial cells. Neild (1978) presented evidence that the second type of
cells may have actually been the damaged first type of cells. Subsequent
studies have described only one type of excitable cell with average resting
membrane potential -50 mV (Szurszewski eSc Weems, 1976; Krier ~ a1., 1982).
Some cells of the guinea pig (Blackman ~ al., 1969; Crowcroft eSc
Szurszewski, 1971) and rabbit (Kreulen, 1982b; Simmon eSc Dun, 1985) exhibited
linear current-voltage relationship. Others showed rectification or
delayed rectification upon hyperpolarization and depolarization
respectively. Anomalous rectification occurred upon hyperpolarizing some
cells beyond 15 to 20 mV in guinea pig IMG. In some cases slope resistance
decreased when the membrane was hyperpolarized.
1.5.2.2 Synaptic Inputs ~ Ganglion Cells
Intracellular recordings have confirmed the findings of
extracellular recordings that all of the nerves associated with the IMG carry
preganglionic fibers. Most cells in the cat, dog, guinea pig, and rabbit IMG
receive synaptic input from all nerve trunks entering the ganglion (Crowcroft
& Szurszewski, 1971; Kreulen, 1982b; Jule ~ al., 1983; King eSc Szurszewski,
1984a; Simmon eSc Dun, 1985).
Spontaneous excitatory postsynaptic potentials (fast-EPSP) with
amplitude varying from4.8 mV to the noise level of the base line and durations
27
ranging from 15 to 30 ms have been shown to increase their frequency by
repetitive stimulation of the hypogastric nerve. The rise time of the
spontaneous EPSP ranged from 3.5 to 7.0 ms, and the half decay time from 5 to 10
ms (Blackman~ a1., 1969). As far as the latencies are concened, they range
from 5 to35 ms. A cell with a low threshold of excitation shows a low value of
latency. The nerve evoked EPSP in the rabbit IMG had an average rise time of 7
ms, duration of 42 ms, and time constant of decay of 18 ms (Simmons & Dun,
1985). These fast EPSP's were abolished in low Ca2+/high Mg2+ solution and
by ~TC (50 ~M). Crowcroft and Szurszewski (1971) have found that 20% of
cells which exhibited synaptic responses to stimulation of the colonic nerve
of guinea pig shows an all-or-nothing fast rising response ranging from 10 to
20 mV in amplitude. The rise time of this response varied from 0.8 to 1.0 ms.
A marked convergence of fast-EPSP inputs distinguishes the IMG from
other sympathetic ganglia. In fortyfour cells tested, approximately 80%
received preganglionic input from the colonic and intermesenteric nerves and
from splanchnic and hypogastric nerves. Most cells received preganglionic
input from at least ten preganglionic fibers in each of the colonic and
intermesenteric nerves, three to five from hypogastric nerve and one to three
fibers from each splanchnic nerve. Therefore, more than forty preganglionic
fibers converge on anyone cell. In rabbit IMG, the cells receive, on
average, 12 inputs from the aortic branch of the intermesenteric nerve, 19
from the intermesenteric nerve and 11 from the hypogastric nerve. This gives
an average of 42 inputs (Simmons & Dun, 1985). Cells of the cat IMG receive
synaptic input from two or three different lumbar sympathetic rami, most
often from adjacent segments (Krier ~.!!..:.., 1982; Jule ~.!!..:..' 1983). The
number of inputs from a single ramus to one cell ranged from 1 to 13 with a mean
28
of 5 per cell (Krier ~ al., 1982). Some fibers from the lumbar spinal cord
synapse with axon collaterals in the paravertebral sympathetic ganglia and
then continue to the prevertebral ganglia (Hartman & Krier, 1984).
In guinea pig IMG, action potentials in response to synaptic action
after indirect stimulation were followed by a prolonged period of after
hyperpolarization and a later phase of prolonged after-depolarization. The
threshold for initiation of an action potential ranged from 10 to 20 mV
depolarization and the amplitude of the evoked action potential often
exceeded 100 mV (Crowcroft & Szurszewski, 1971). The after
hyperpolarization is up to 15 mV in amplitude and lasts from 0.2 to 0.5 s; the
after-depolarization is up to 5 mVand lasts for as long as 10 s. The time
course of these after potentials depends on the pattern of firing of action
potentials during the period of stimulation. In the presence of dihydro-l3-
erythroidine (Blackman ~ al., 1969) or if synaptic action was insufficient
to evoke action potentials, only the after-depolarization was observed. In
the rabbit IMG, the orthodromic spike and antidromic spike do not differ in
amplitude (Simmons & Dun, 1985). The orthodromic action potential is
initiated from the fast-EPSP. In addition to the fast-EPSP, a slow-EPSP has
been observed in some cells of the rabbit IMG (Simmons & Dun, 1985). The
response is elicited by presynaptic repetitive stimulation, and is blocked by
superfusion of atropine 1 II M. According to these authors only 7% of the
cells exhibit an atropine-sensitive slow-EPSP that are not accompanied by
noncholinergic depolarization (See Section 6).
1.5.2.3 Types of Cells. Ganglion cells were also classified
according to their responses to constant depolarizing current pulses of
several seconds long. Weems and Szurszewski (1979) referred to two types of
29
cells: tonic - discharging and phasic - discharging. However, there was no
correlation between the cell type and its location, resting membrane
potential, input resistance, or pattern of preganglionic synaptic input.
Furthermore, some of the tonic cells in which the interval between successive
action potential decreased with current of increasing intensity, responded
with a damped oscillation (Blackman ~ al., 1969). In addition to tonic and
phasic cells, neurons in the IMG of certain species ·have been further
classified. In dog IMG, 208 of 430 cel1s showed continuous electrical
activity in the form of spontaneous EPSP (2-3 mV in amplitude). This
activity is unaffected by TTX (3 llM) but abolished by hexamethonium (100 II M)
(King & Szurszewski, 1984a). In this ganglion, 21 cells of 430 cel1s behave
as pacemakers. Evoked synaptic potentials are abolished by hexamethonium
(100 llM). In the cat IMG, neurons could be classified into three types:
nonspontaneous, irregular discharging, and regular discharging neurons.
Non-spontaneous neurons have a stable resting membrane potential and respond
with action potentials to direct and indirect stimulation. Irregular
discharging neurons exhibit a discharge of fast-EPSP' s which sometimes give
rise to action potentials. This activity is abolished by hexamethonium,
chlorisondamine, and dTC. TTX and a low Ca2+ /high Mg2+ solution also block
this activity. Regular discharging neurons are characterized by a rhythmic
firing of action potentials. Injection of hyperpolarizing current
abolishes the regular discharge of action potentials but reveals no
underlying synaptic potentials (Jule & Szurszewski, 1983).
1.5.2.4 IMG-Colon Preparation. That the IMG receives inputs from
neurons in the colon has been confirmed using an in vitro IMG-c01on
preparation (Crowcroft ~ al., 1971). With this preparation, it has been
30
established that IMG receives preganglionic cholinergic inputs of peripheral
origin. Continuous electrical activity consisting of action potentials or
fast-EPSP I s is recorded from 80% of neurons in all regions of the IMG. This
activity is abolished by cutting the colonic nerve or treating the colon with
TTX but persisted in a decentralized ganglion. However, stimulation of any
of the nerve trunks attached to the ganglion was still effective in eliciting
synaptic response. Similarly, application of the nicotinic cholinergic
antagonist, dihydro-a-erythroidine, to the IMG olocks both spontaneous and
evoked activity. When applied only to the colon, the compound depresses but
does not completely block the activity. Thus, the spontaneous activity must
have been initiated in the colon, directly or indirectly, by cholinergic
activation and is mediated by the activation of cholinergic nicotinic
receptors in the IMG neurons (see also Peters & Kreulen, 1986).
The continuous activity is proportional to the intraluminal pressure
in the colon. Raising the pressure above 5 cm H20 causes this continuous
input to the IMG to increase (Weems & Szurszewski, 1977). At least part of
this input, therefore, seems to be dependent on mechanoreceptors in the gut.
Smooth muscle relaxants (i.e. Papaverine, isoproterenol, ATP, atropine)
cause a decrease in the spontaneous activity recorded from IMG cells.
Carbachol, Ach, and 5-HT, which excite the colon, increase this synaptic
activity (Crowcroft ~ al., 1971a; Szurszewski & Weems, 1976). The latter
effect is blocked by atropine or ~TC.
The synaptic input from the colon and colonic motility are
transiently blocked following repetitive stimulation of any of the nerve
trunks connected to the IMG. The discharge of miniature synaptic potentials
is unaffected. Following stimulation of the colonic nerves at 20 Hz for 1 s,
31
the inhibition lasts 1.5 s. Increasing the frequency or duration of the
nerve stimulation results in a longer period of inhibition of the spontaneous
activity. This inhibition is mimicked by application of norepinephrine to
the colon, but only a slight inhibitory effect is seen when norephinephrine is
added to IMG. Phentolamine, when added to the colon side of the bath, blocks
the effect of norepinephrine and the transient inhibition following
repetitive nerve stimulation. In reserpinized animals repetitive
stimulation of the nerve trunks fail to inhibit the spontaneous synaptic
activity originating in the colon, further indicating its adrenergic nature
(Szurszewski & Weems, 1976). These results suggest that the IMG is involved
in a peripheral reflex. Its neurons receive afferent input from
mechanoreceptors located in the wall of the distal colon. The mechano
sensitivity of this afferent pathway is in part controlled by efferent
noradrenergic neurons of the IMG. The !MG-colon neural circuitry can,
therefore, be considered to form a feedback control system which participates
in the regulation of colon motility (Szurszewski & Weems, 1976).
King and Szurszewski (l984b) have obtained evidence that the stretch
mechanoreceptor information from the colon of the guinea pig is referred
mainly to the IMG with minimal involvement of the spinal cord. The
cholinergic mechanoreceptor neurons from the gut project to the IMG, and no
further centripetally. Their preparation consists of spinal cord, DRG,
paravertebral ganglia, prevertebral ganglia and colon, with associated nerve
trunks. The evidence is as follows: (1) While stimulation of the nerve
trunks of the IMG or distension of the colon did result in cholinergic
excitation in the IMG, stimulation of the dorsal roots form T13 to T4 did not,
indicating that the cholinergic excitatory fibers from the colon do not
32
continue more centrally. Tsunoo ~ ale (1982) had also found that dorsal
root stimulation did not elicit fast-EPSP' s in the IMG cells. These
ob.servations suggest that sensory nerve fibers in dorsal root filaments do
not make ~ passant cholinergic synaptses with neurons in the IMG, (2) When
recordings were made fromDRG cells, stimulation of the nerve trunks of the
IMG or distension of the colon failed to produce action potentials in the DRG
cells, (3) Extracellular recordings from the dorsal or ventral roots detected
no discharges following stimulation of the nerve trunks to the IMG or
following colon distension. Discordantly, in the guinea pig IMG it has been
suggested that SP-containing sensory neurons w1th cell bodies in the DRG
project through the IMG to the colon (Dalsgaard & Elfvin, 1979, 1982). King
and Szurszewski 0984b) suggest that perhaps the number of such SP-containing
cells was too small to be detected by random sampling of DRG cells or by
extracellular recordings from the nerve roots. In this regard, the tracers
HRP or true blue labeled only less than 5% of DRG cells when applied to the IMG
or the colonic nerves (Dalsgaard & Elfvin, 1979; Dalsgaard~al., 1982a; King
& Szurszewski, 1984a). This small fraction may be involved with nociception
but may not carry mechanoreceptor information (King & Szurszewski, 1984b).
1.6. Noncholinergic Transmission in the Inferior Mesenteric Ganglion
Repetitive stimulation of nerves associated with the IMG elicits
various synaptic potentials in the principal ganglion cells. These
potentials are of opposite polarities and different time scale. Apart from
the fast EPSP's and action potentials, these potentials usually consist of
33
slow depolarization preceded by slow hyperpolarization.
Pharmacologically, the slow depolarization can be dissected into two
conponents: "slow EPSP" designing the atropine sensitive component and the
"late slow EPSP" referring to the noncholinergic component. I will use
throughout the term "slow depolarization" as an alternative to the terms
"late slow EPSP". Detailed reviews on how these terms came about are
available (Libet, 1970; Kuba & Koketsu, 1978; Simmons, 1985).
1. 6.1 Characteristics
It was Neild (1978) who first studied the noncholinergic
transmission in the mammalian IMG. He described a "slowly developing
depolarization" in neurons of the guinea pig IMG following repetitive
stimulation (30 liz for 2 s) of the hypogastric nerve. The occurrence of the
slow depolarization was confirmed in the same ganglion by Dun and Jiang
(1982). The slow depolarization was accompanied with firing of neuronal
action potential. However, the results differ from those of the earlier
report in two points. First, the lowest frequency necessary to evoke slow
depolarization is 1-2 Hz instead of 10 Hz. Second, upon clamping the
membrane potential, the slow depolarization is accomplanied with one of the
three types of membrane resistance changes: an increase, a delayed increase,
and a biphasic change consisting of an initial decrease followed by an
increase. In this context, Neild (1978) found a decrease in Rin in the
majority of cells tested. The decrease in Rin induced by injecting
depolarizing current was smaller than that induced by presynaptic repetitive
stimulation. These observations indicate that the changes in Rin are
independent of membrane rectification. It is not known, however, why there
34
has not been one type of Rin change in the two studies. Despite clamping the
membrane at its resting level, various types of Rin changes have been
described by different investigations. In contrast to the results of Dun and
Jiang (1982), Tsunoo!! ale (1982) reported only two types of Rin changes: an
increase in 66% of the cells and no change in the remainder. Compared with
Neild's results (1978), Konishi!! ale (1979) did not clamp the membrane
potential. They observed, however, that only when the depolarization
exceeded 15 mV, the Rin usually decreased. These authors claimed that the
observed decrease was due to delayed rectification. However, in Neild's
report (1978), rectification was excluded and there was a fall in Rin during
slow depolarization of less than 7 mV. Furthermore, Jiang and Dun (1981)
observed frequent decrease in Rin. It was demonstrated that the decrease in
Rin could not be ascribed entirely to membrane rectification (Neild, 1978;
Konishi ~.!!..:., 1979; Jiang & Dun, 1981).
The amplitude of the slow depolarization ranges from 2 to 10 mV
(Neild, 1978; Dun & Jiang, 1982) with the average value being about 4 mV (Dun &
Jiang, 1982). Observations have revealed that the latency of the slow
depolarization ranges from 0.5 to 5 s and the rise time to peak is from 10 to 25
s (Neild, 1978, Tsunoo, 1982). The half decay time of the response has been
reported to be 51 s (Tsunoo!! al., 1982) consistent with the 90 s duration of
the response (Neild, 1978). A slow depolarization was observed in 70 to 80%
of the cells in the guinea pig IMG (Neild, 1978; Tsunoo ~.!!..:., 1982). In the
rabbit, the slow depolarization observed in 63% of cells averaged 4.3 mV and
lasted 159 s (Simmons & Dun, 1985); in guinea pig, the average amplitude was 4
mVand the duration 54 s (Dun & Jiang, 1982; see alse Peters & Kreulen, 1984).
These are common features of the presynaptic repetitive stimulation
35
induced slow depolarization reported by various investigators: it is not
affected by dTC, atropine, or guanethidine (i.e. noncholinergic and
nonadrenergic); it is abolished by TTX or in a low Ca2+/high Mg2+ solution
(i.e. mediated by a transmitter that required depolarization and Ca2+ to be
released from the nerve terminals). In the rabbit IMG, a muscarinic slow
EPSP was frequently contiguous with the noncho1inergic response that was
observed in 63% of the cells (Simmons & Dun, 1985). Desensitization of the
slow depolarization by repeated stimulation has not been reported. The
occurrence of a slow depolarization in the guinea pig or rabbit IMG did not
follow stimulation of specific nerve trunks; the slow depolarization can be
elicited via inputs that were also found not to be topographically organized
(Simmons & Dun, 1985) and could be elicited in cells located throughout the
IMG irrespective of the nerve trunk being stimulated.
Some authors agree upon the involvement of multiple conductance
change to explain the complex ionic mechanism underlying the slow
depolarization in mammalian IMG (Neild, 1978; Jiang & Dun, 1981) and in
amphibian sympathetic ganglia (Kuba & Koketsu, 1976; Jan ~ al., 1980;
Katayama ~ al., 1981). The observed decrease in Rin is consistent with an
increase in GNa as a low Na+ solution attenuated the response (Jiang & Dun,
1981). On the other hand, an increase in Rin suggests Gk- inactivation.
However, the amplitude of the slow depolarization was enhanced rather than
depressed when the membrane potential was hyperpolarized to the level of Ek in
the majority of neurons tested (Jiang and Dun, 1981). The relationship
between membrane potential and the slow depolarization amplitude
demonstrated by some cells was not a simple linear relationship. The
extrapolated mean equilibrium potential (null potential) for the slow
36
depolarization obtained from 9 cells was -37+6 mV (Jiang and Dun, 1981).
1. 6. 2 Colon Distension-Induced Slow Depolarization
In addition to the increased continuous fast synaptic activities
observed in guinea pig IMG upon colon distension (Crowcroft ~ al., 1971;
Szurszewski & Weems, 1976), a slow depolarization can be seen underlining the
fast activities (Peters & Kreulen, 1986). This slow depolarization
persisted while the asynchronous synaptic activity was abolished by
cholinergic antagonists. TTX also abolished the slow depolarizat ion.
Fortyfour percent of the guinea pig IMG neurons exhibited colon distension
induced noncholinergic depolarization with amplitude averaging 3.4.! 0.3 mV
and duration of 108 + 7 s. Repeated distension results in desensitization of
the slow depolarization. Upon colon distension, presynaptic repetitive
stimulation-induced slow depolarizations were reversibly attenuated by 19 .!
8%. Similar to the relationship between the amplitude of presynaptic
repetitive stimulation-induced slow depolarization and stimulation
parameters, distension-induced slow depolarization increased with the
increase in the colonic intraluminal pressure between 2 and 20 cm H20, then
decreased at higher pressure.
Increasing the membrane potential up to -80 mV caused progressive
increase in the amplitude of the slow depolarization. Further
hyperpolarization resulted in a decrease in response amplitude. It was
proposed that this slow depolarization represents mechanosensory afferent
pathways from the colon converging on some IMG neurons of guinea pig to
enhance the intestinal inhibitory reflex activated by cholinergic
mechanoreceptor afferent input to the IMG.
37
1. 6.3 Peptides and Transmission
Many peptides have been proposed as candidates for the transmitters
of the slow depolarization in the prevertebral ganglia: angiotensin II, LHRH,
thyrotropin-releasing hormone, somatostatin, and SP (See Dun, 1980; Tsunoo
,!:! al., 1982). In addition, arginine vasopressin has recently been
suggested as a transmitter (Peters & Kreulen, 1984). Substance P was the
only one that had been considered the neurotransmitter in the guinea pig IMG
based on the electrophysiological and pharmacological similarities between
SP- or presynaptic repetitive stimulation-induced slow depolarization.
1.6.3.1 Substance P Actions. When applied to the guinea pig IMG,
SP (10-100 nM) causes a slow depolarization accompanied frequently with
intense neuronal discharge in 85% of cells (Dun & Minota, 1981). The average
amplitude is 9 mVand the duration is 3 min. The slow depolarization and the
spiking are not abolished by cholinergic antagonist or by superfusing the
ganglion with a low Ca2+/high Mg2+ solution or by TTX (Dun & Minota, 1981;
Tsunoo ,!:! al., 1982), indicating that the response is noncholinergic
oc~urring directly at the postsynaptic membrane. In the majority of neurons
tested, SP-induced slow depolarization is associated with a fall in membrane
resistance (Dun & Karczmar, 1979; Dun, 1980). It is noteworthy that the
noncholinergic slow depolarization produced by presynaptic repetitive
stimulation was also accompanied in the majority of neurons by a fall in Rin
(Neild, 1978; Dun & Karczmar, 1979). However, in another report, Minota,!:!
al. (1981) observed equal number of neurons with increases and decreases in
Rin' Therefore, SP-induced slow depolarization is characteristically
. similar to the depolarization induced by presynaptic repetitive stimulation.
38
Substance P-induced slow depolarization can undergo desensitization with
continued presence of SP. After the development of the desensitization,
repetitive stimulation of hypogastric nerves fails to induce the slow
depolarization, indicating that the postsynaptic receptors mediating the
slow depolarizations are pharmacologically similar. Further, SP antagonist
has a depressant effect on the repetitive stimulation induced slow
depolarization (Jiang~ al., 1982a, Konishi~ al., 1983). Desensitization
of 30% of the tested ganglion cells to SP attenuated the colon distension
induced slow depolarization (Peters & Kreulen, 1986).
Two types of cells are revealed upon hyperpolarizing the neuron in
the presence of SP. Some cells exhibits enhanced SP-induced slow
depolarization with hyperpolarization. The extrapolated null potential is
-32 mV. The mean equilibrium potential of the presynaptic repetitive
stimulation-induced slow depolarization is -39 mV (Dun & Jiang, 1982). In
the second type of cell, the slow depolarization was attenuated as the
membrane potential approached the K+ equilibrium potential. When external
Na+ is replaced by sucrose or Tris, the SP slow depolarization is reduced to
about 20% of the control response. In addition, high K+ reduces the response
by about one-half (Dun & Minota, 1981). It is concluded that SP depolarizes
the guinea pig IMG neuron by a mechanism involving changes in conductance to
more than one ion including a combination of GNa activation and Gk
inactivation (Dun & Minota, 1981).
In rabbit IMG, SP depolarizes only 33% of cells tested (Simmons &
Dun, 1985) compared to 90% in the guinea pig LMG (Dun & Minota, 1981).
However, SP-induced slow depolarization is accompanied by a decrease in Rin
unlike the presynaptic repetitive stimulation-induced slow depolarization
39
which was accompanied with a Rin increase in 63% of cells tested (Simmons &
Dun, 1985). Also in the rabbit UIG, SP application does not result in
desensitization of the presynaptic repetitive stimulation-induced slow
depolarization (Simmons & Dun, 1985). Moreover, SP antagonist does not
affect the presynaptic repetitive stimulation-induced slow depolarization
(Simmons & Dun, 1985).
1.6.3.2 Evidence for Substance P as a Transmitter. The evidence -- ---for SP as a transmitter mediating the slow depolarization in guinea pig IMG
neurons can be as follows: 1) SP-like immunoreactive nerve terminals and
varicose nerve networks have been localized in the IMG (Hokfelt~al., 1977;
Konishi ~.!!..:., 1979; Baker ~ a1., 1980; Matthews & Cuello, 1982). These
terminals from axon collaterals effect en passant axodendritic synapses with
the neurons of the IMG (Baker ~.!.!..:.., 1980; Matthews & Cuello, 1982). 2) SP-
like immunoreactive materials are released from the IMG upon depolarization
of the ganglion with high [K+] 0 in a Ca2+ -dependent manner (Konishi!.!. a1. ,
1979; Tsunoo, 1982). 3) SP-induced slow depolarization imitates the slow
depolarization induced by presynaptic repetitive stimulation in terms of
time course and changes in Rin (Dun & Karczmar, 1979; Konishi!.!. a1., 1979; Dun
& Minota, 1981; Tsunoo ~ al., 1982). 4) SP induces desensitization of the
slow depolarization evoked by presynaptic repetitive stimulation suggesting
that both SP and the endogenous transmitter occupy the same receptor (Dun &
Karczmar, 1979; Konishi ~~, 1979; Dun & Minota, 1981; Tsunoo!.!. al.,
1982). 5) Following a prolonged in vitro treatment with capsaicin which is
known to cause depletion of SP from the primary afferents (Jessel ~~,
1978; Gamse!.!. al., 1980, 1981a and 1981b) and from prevertebral ganglia
(Konishi ~ al •• 1980; Gamse!.!..!!..:., 1981a and 1981b; Da1sgaard ~ a1.,
40
1982a), the presynaptic repetitive stimulation-induced slow depolarization
is selectively abolished (Tsunoo ~ a1., 1982; Dun & Kiraly, 1983). Also, in
vivo capsaicin (Matthews & Cuello, 1983) leads to total loss of SP-like
immunoreactivity. 6) Utilizing retrograde axonal transport of HRP, studies
have demonstrated that afferent fibers originate from spinal ganglion cells
at levels from T13 to L4 (Elfvin & Dalsgaard, 1977). The studies have
indicated that certain afferent fibers, which run from visceral receptors in
the colon or pelvic organs, traverse the UIG on their way to their perikarya in
the DRG mainly at levels L2 and L3 • That SP fibers in the IMG are of sensory
nature has been further supported by evidence from combined retrograde
tracing and immunohistochemistry (Dalsgaard ~ al., 1982b). 7) As shown
from ligation and immunocytochemical studies, SP-immunoreactive synapses in
the IMG arise from collateral branches of these primary afferents (Baker ~
.!h, 1980; Dalsgaard ~ a1., 1982b; Matthews lie Cuello J 1982;. Tsunoo ~ a1.,
1982). These authors support the so called axon reflex in addition to the
central reflex to be mediated by SP. 8) Stimulation of the dorsal root evokes
a non-cholinergic slow EPSP but not a cholinergic fast-EPSP in the IMG cells,
whereas stimulation of the ventral root causes only cholinergic fast-EPSP
(Tsunoo ~.!!., 1982).
1.6.3.3 Evidence Against Substance P as the Exclusive Transmitter.
Many observations have been taken as evidence against the conclusion that SP
is the only neurotransmitter in the IMG. This evidence, which has been
emphasized by the involvement of the IMG in peripheral reflexes, consists of:
1) The persistance of fibers in peripheral stumps of visceral nerves
following ganglionectomy, and the degeneration of synaptic terminals in the
IMG after denervation favor the existence of peripheral reflex, independent
41
of the primary afferents influence. Furthermore, the presence of neuronal
projections from the gastrointestinal tract to the IMG is established (Kuntz
& Saccamanno, 1944; Ungvary & Larnanth, 1970; Crowcroft ~ a1., 1971a). 2) SP
like immunoreactive cell bodies have never been found residing in the distal
colon or in the IMG (Dalgaard ~ al., 1983). 3) SP-like immunoreactive
fibers have not been seen terminating in the IMG (Dalsgaard ~~, 1982a;
1983). The same conclusion has been reached by King and Szurszewski (l984b)
using electrophysiological and histological techniques. 4) Colon-ganglion
reflex activity displayed by a decentralized IMG, following degeneration of
the primary afferents and their collaterals that affect axodendritic
synapses in the IMG, cast strong doubt in an exclusive sensory role for SP in
the peripheral reflex. 5). All retrograde axonal transport studies (vide
supra) conducted to trace the origin of sensory pathways to the IMG have been
combined with indirect immunofluorescence techniques that utilized only
antisera for SP. 6) Some authors have admitted the contribution to the slow
depolarization induced by presynaptic repetitive stimulation by some other
substance than SP (Otsuka~ a1., 1982; Dun & Kiraly, lY83). For instance in
vitro capsaicin (Dun & Kiraly, 1983) was without effect in a few (8%) guinea
pig IMG neurons that were capable of generating presynaptic repetitive
stimulation-induced slow depolarization. The authors concluded that these
slow depolarizations may be generated by a transmitter other than SP (Dun &
Kiraly, 1983). Furthermore, even after in vivo capsaicin, presynaptic
repetitive stimulation- or colon distension-induced slow depolarization
could be produced in mammalian IMG neurons (Peters & Kreulen, 19!:S4).
Capsaicin has previously been shown to not only deplete SP but also other
types of peptides in primary sensory neurons (Jessel ~~, 1978; Gamse et
42
al., 1980; Nagy~al., 1980; Jancso~al., 1981; Skofitsch~al., 1985).
n Evidence from combined retrograde tracing and immunohistochemistry
reveals only some (5%) of the retrogradely labelled cells as SP
immunoreactive (Elfvin and Dalsgaard, 1977; Dalsgaard ~.!.!:.:., 1982a; King &
Szurszewski, 1984b). The reason may be due to the existence of other types of
primary sensory neurons not containing SP but rather cholecystokinin or VIP.
8) From the lack of electrophysiological evidence and limited histological
support for major central sensory pathways, it is concluded that stretch
mechanoreceptor information from the colon of the guinea pig is referred
mainly to the prevertebral ganglia with minimal involvement of the spinal
cord (King & Szurszewski, 1984b).
On the other hand, ~n addition to VIP, dynorphin, and bombesin,
cholecystokinin (CCK)-like innnunoreactive cell bodies have been visualized
in the intramural ganglion of the colon (submucous and myenteric plexuses)
with CCK-like innnunoreactive fibers projecting to and terminating in the IMG
(Larrson & Rehfeld, 1979; Schultzberg~ al., 1980; Dalsgaard~ al., 1983).
Also, CCK-like innnunoreactive cell bodies have been detected in the dorsal
horn, dorsal root ganglia, and spinal cord (Hokfelt ~.!.!:.:., 1980a; Maderdrut
~ al., 1982; Yaksh~.!!.:., 1982; Schroder, 1983; Skirboll ~ al., 1983),
alone or coexisting with SP (Dalsgaard ~ al., 1982a and 1982b). Although
there has been no confirmation of pure cholecystokininergic afferents
projecting from the spinal cord to the IMG, the central contributions for CCK
like innnunoreactive fibers have been confirmed (Lundberg ~ al., 1980).
Ligation of splanchnic, hypogastric, or lumbar colonic nerve results in an
accumulation of CCK-innnunoreactive materials in a few fibers proximal to the
ligation. Also, ligation of the intermesenteric nerves reveals a few CCK-
43
positive fibers cranial to the ligation. Therefore, in addition to the
peripheral CCK-positive fibers projecting from the colon, at least some CCK
positive primary afferent neurons project to the IMG (Dalsgaard ~ al.,
1983). Peptide-containing nerve fibers in the gastrointestinal wall may
also arrive in the vagus nerve (Gamse~..!!..:., 1979; Dockray ~ al., 1981). It
has been shown that SP and CCK immunoreactive neurons of sensory nature are
present in this nerve with cell bodies in the nodose and jugular ganglia
(Lundberg ~ al., 1978; Gilbert ~ al., lY80). Hence, possible central and
peripheral reflexes mediated by CCK could exist. On this ground, CCK could
be accepted as a sensory neurotransmitter, anci. like Sl!, CCK could mediate both
central and axonal reflex. In the subsequent sections, I will present in
detail neuronal cholecystokinin.
1.7 Cholecystokinin
Cholecystokinin is a gastrointestinal hormone that was first
discovered by Ivy and Goldberg in 1928. As a hormone, CCK controls gall
bladder contraction and pancreatic enzyme secretion. However, the latter
function was demonstrated with an intestinal extract, named pancreozymin, by
Harper and Raper (1943). Subsequently, Mutt and Jorpes (1966) determined
the sequence of a 33-residue peptide (CCK33 ) with properties of both CCK and
pancreozymin. It was not until nearly a decade later in 1975 that
Vanderhaeghen and his co-workers discovered a peptide in the central nervous
system that reacted with antibodies raised against gastrin. It was Dockray
(1976 & 1980) who first showed that this gastrin-like immunoreactivity is due
to the presence of the octapeptide form of CCK which has a C-terminal
44
pentapeptide identical to gastrin. The appearance of CCK in both gut and
brain raises the intriguing issue of the evolutionary significance of
separate pools of a peptide in two discrete biological systems.
1. 7.1 What is Special About Cholecystokinin?
1.7.1.1 Anatomical distribution. The classical hormone, CCK,
occupies a unique position. First, the regional distribution of CCK differs
from other neuropeptides in that CCK is present in unusually high
concentrations in several brain regions. In the cerebral cortex, CCK is
found in microgram quantities, the highest reported to date for any
neuropeptide (Rehfeld, 1978b). The concentration of CCK is greater than 4
nmole/g protein and is at least an order of magnitude above the concentration
of norepinephrine or dopamine in rat cerebral cortex (Palkovits ~~,
1979). While values are not presently available for a detailed comparative !
distribution of CCK and other neuropeptides within cortical subdivisions,
CCK appears to be the most abundant peptide in several regions of cerebral
cortex thought to mediate sensory, motor, and associat ional processes
(Crawley, 1985a and 1985b). Considering the size of the cortex in man, it is
obvious that CCK may be of great importance for the human brain, if CCK can be
shown to be acting as a transmitter.
It has been shown that CCK exists in high concentration in the
hippocampus, amygdala, septum, and olfactory tubercles compared to other
peptides (Brownstein~~, 1976; O'Donohue~~, 1981; Emson~.!!..:., 1982;
Beinfeld, 1983). These limbic structures have been implicated in learning
and memory, emotional response, and social behavior. However, in another
limbic site, the caudate nucleus, CCK is present at considerably lower
45
concentrations than other peptides such as Met-enkepha1in. CCK is also
found in relatively high concentrations in the hypothalamus and may play an
important role in the hypothalamic regulation of pituitary release of
adrenocorticotrophic hormone (Mezey ~ a1., 1985). In contrast to the
primarily hypothalamic peptides (thyrotropin releasing hormone,
neurotensin, and bombesin), CCK is found in high concentrations in the
arcuate nucleus and the median eminence. Compared to high concentrations of
SP and met-enkepha1in in the spinal cord and the cerebellum, respectively low
levels of CCK can be shown (Crawley, 1985a and 1985b). The CCK present in the
spinal cord is localized in the dorsal horn and may have important functions
in modulating tolerance to analgesics (Faris, 1985).
The presence of CCKaS/NS in guinea pig intestinal nerve has been
shown by radioimmunoassay and gel filtration of extracts of myenteric plexus
and longitudinal muscle (Hutchison ~ a1., 1981). Immunocytochemistry and
radioimmunoassay have demonstrated the occurrence of CCK in the
gastrointestinal tract of guinea pig (Larsson & Rehfeld, 1979). Based on
immunocytochemical observations, immunoreactive nerves are only detected in
the distal gastrointestinal tract. In the colon, immunoreactive nerves are
detected in the myenteric plexus of Auerbach and in the submucous plexus of
Meissner, where the positive fibers innervate nonimmunoreactive ganglionic
cell bodies. In addition, a few somas of Meissners plexus show intense
immunoreactivity. Numerous immunoreactive nerves also occur in and around
the lamina muscularis mucosa, which they penetrate to reach the mucosa, where
a quite dense plexus of nerves is formed. At the zone between the submucosa
and lamina propria mucosae, the immunoreactive nerves are frequently
encountered in the adventitia of small vessels which they seem to innervate.
46
Similar patterns of CCK distribution has been shown in the gastrointestinal
tract of guinea pig and cat (Schultzberg ~.!!.:.' 1980). Numerous
immunoreactive nerves are, in addition, detected in the celiac superior
mesenteric ganglion complex. The nerves surround the non-immunoreactive
ganglion cell bodies with their varicose terminals in an innervation like
pattern. High concentrations of CCK (81 pmole equivalent CCKS/g wet weight)
are present in the celiac and superior mesenteric ganglia. According to the
measurements of radioimmunoasssay, the highest concentrations of
gastrointestinal CCK are measured in the duodenum and in the jejunum.
However, substantial concentrations of CCK are also measured in the colon and
in the ileum.
Sections from guinea pig IMG treated with antiserum to CCK show a
dense network of immunofluorescent fibers around the principal ganglion cell
bodies (Dalsgaard, 1983). The totally denervated ganglion shows no
immunoreactive fibers. When the lumbar splanchnic, hypogastric, and
intermesenteric nerves are cut and the colonic nerves are left intact,
similar pattern of CCK.-positive fibers are seen as in the unoperated animals.
If all but intermesenteric, hypogastric, or lumbar splanchnic nerves are cut,
a few single CCK immunoreactive fibers can be detected. These results
indicate that most of the CCK-immunoreactive fibers can be shown in the IMG
having their cell bodies in the intramural ganglia of the colon. The CCK
immunoreactive fibers reach the ganglion predominantly via the colonic
nerves. Thus, cutting the colonic nerves causes an almost total reduction of
the CCK immunoreactive fibers in the IMG. It has been suggested that at least
some of these neurons have a central projection (Lundberg ~ al., 1980).
Ligation of the lumbar splanchnic (Dalsgaard ~ al., 1983) nerve
47
results in an accumulation of CCK-immunoreactive material in a few fiber
proximal to the ligation, indicating that there is a minor contribution of
CCK-immunoreactive fibers of central origin in addition to those of the
colonic origin. Furthermore, a few CCK-immunoreactive cell bodies have been
demonstrated in the dorsal root ganglia (Hokfelt ~ al., 1980a). At least
some of the CCK-positive primary afferent neurons project to the IMG
·(Dalsgaard ~ al., 1983). Ligation of the colonic and hypogastric nerve
causes an accumulation of CCK-immunoreact~vity in a few fibers proximal to
the ligation, indicating that the CCK primary afferent neurons may project to
the visceral organs through these nerves. When the intermesenteric nerve is
ligated, a few CCK-positive fibers are seen cranial to the ligation. These
fibers may represent a proportion of CCK-containing neurons in the proximal
part of the colon to the IMG and in a primary afferent projection from the
upper lumbar levels (Dalsgaard ~ al., 1983).
1.7.1.2 Coexistence with Other Peptides or Amines. CCK presents
some of the best examples of co-existence. In the dopamine-containing AlO
neurons in the ventral tegmental area of the mesencephalon, CCK is found co
localized with dopamine in almost half of the cell bodies (Hokfelt ~ al.,
1980b and 1980c; 1985) CCK and epinephrine are found in the same neurons
within the dorsal vagal complex and the dorsal nucleus tractus solitarius
(Hokfelt~al., 1985). In the Edinger-Westfall nucleus projecting to the
dorsal horn of the spinal cord, CCK is found co-localized with SP (Skirboll ~
~, 1982). CCK co-exists with vasopressin in the paraventricular nucleus
of the hypothalamus and in the ventral supraoptic nucleus (Vanderhaeghen ~
al., 1985). CCK also co-exists with oxytocin in the dorsal supraoptic
nucleus of the hypothalamus projecting to the posterior pituitary
48
(Vanderhaeghen ~ a1., 1985). One of the first demonstrations of the
functional importance of a co-existing peptide and monamine was described for
CCK-dopamine co-localization in the meso limbic pathway that shows
biochemical, receptor binding, electrophysiological, and behavioral
interactions between CCK and dopamine in ventral tegmental cell bodies and in
terminal regions within the nucleus accumbens (Studler ~ a1., 1985; Crawley,
1985b). Of particular interest is the possible occurrence of a population of
enteric neurons containing both gastrin/CCK- and somatostatin-like peptide
in the proximal colon (Schultzberg, 1980).
1.7.1.3 Molecular Forms ~ Cholecystokinin in the Central and -------Peripheral Nervous Systems. The original study by Vanderhaeghen ~ ale
(1975) described a brain peptide which "reacted with gastrin antibodies".
Fortunately, not long after Vanderhaegen's initial discovery, Dockray and
his colleagues (Dockray, 1976; Dockray ~~, 1978) demonstrated that the
bulk of the immunoreactivity was due to a molecule closely related to gastrin,
CCK8 • Rehfeld's data (Rehfeld, 1978a; Rehfeld ~ a1., 1984), however, have
shown the presence of gastrin in the brain of all mammalian species examined
so far mainly in hypothalamohypophyseal neurons and occasionally in medulla
oblongata (Rehfeld and Lundberg, 1983). The early studies (Dockray, 1976;
Muller et a1., 1977; Rehfeld, 1978b) suggested that the C-terminal
octapeptide fragment of the porcine intestinal CCK33 isolated by Mutt and
Jorpes (1968) predominated in the brain. CCK39 has also been characterized
by Mutt (Mutt, 1976). However, CCK is like gastrin, an extremely
heterogenous system of peptides formed by proteolytic cleavage of several
different peptide bonds from a single precursor of 95 amino acids (Deschenes
~ a1., 1985).
49
Sequence-specific immunochemistry combined with various types of
chromatography strongly suggest that CCK occurs in a number of different
native forms (Rehfeld, 1978b) among which there is a biosynthetic
relationship (Go1termann ~ a1., 1980). First, sulfated CCK8 (CCK8S)
constitutes a major part of CCK in the cerebral cortex (Dockray ~.!!..:., 1978;
Marley & Rehfeld, 1984; Marley ~.!!..:., 1984). As shown in these studies, only
the last eluted form from the three different forms of CCKaS corresponds to
native CCK8S. Second, nonsu1fated CCKa (CCK8NS) is also present, although
in concentrations of 1% or less of those of CCKaS. Marley ~ a!. (1984) have
also persistently found CCK8NS,in the rat brain. Third, in addition to CCKa
there are substantial amounts of larger molecular forms containing the intact
CCK8S sequence at the C-terminus: CCK)S8' CCKS8 ' and CCK33 • All these forms
are, by definition, biologically active since they elute by gel and ion
exchange chromatography and by HPLC as CCK8S after tryptic cleavage. In
addition, they react fully with antisera specific for both the N-terminal
sulfated sequence and C-termina1 amidated sequence of CCK8 • It is not known
whether these forms are released from synaptic vesicles and have specific
receptors in some regions or whether they are all cleaved to CCK8 before
release. So far they have not been found in the cerebrospinal fluid (Rehfeld
& Kruse-Larsen, 1978). Fourth, the cerebral cortex contains C-terminal
amidated fragments of CCK8 • In addition to minimal amounts of sulfated
CCK27- 33 , there is a major component of CCK29- 33 and CCK30- 33 (Rehfeld,
1978b; Marley ~.!!..:., 1984). Interestingly, CCK30- 33 is bound with almost
the same potency as CCK8S to CCK receptors in the brain, even when l2SI-CCK33
is used as radio1igand (Saito ~ a1., 1980). This relationship contrasts
gross ly to the exocrine pancreat ic CCK receptors, to which CCK30- 33 is bound
50
with a 10,000-fold lower potency than CCK8S (Sankaran ~ a1., 1980 & 1981).
The strong binding of CCK30- 33 to receptors in the brain suggests that the
smaller C-terminal fragments of CCK8 ~~ may act as potent transmitters in
the same way CCK30- 33 has been suggested to act for peripheral CCK nerves in
the islets of Langerhans (Rehfeld ~ al., 1980). These forms (from CCK58 to
CCK30- 33 ) contain the active site-Trp-~et-Asp-Phe-Nh2 at their C-terminus
and are, therefore, all putative transmitters.
The pattern of CCK forms in brain differ from that in intestinal
extracts where the larger forms occur in relatively high concentrations
(Larsson & Rehfeld, 1979). In the cerebral cortex of guinea pig, the largest
CCK component (CCK)58) constitutes 10% of the cortical immunoreactivity; the
CCK33-like component 2-5%; the CCK12-like component 10%, the CCKS-like
component 70% and the CCK30_33-like component 7%. The hypothalamus and
medulla oblongata display nearly the same CCK component pattern as that found
in the cerebral cortex (Larrson & Rehfeld, 1979). The largest CCK component
constitutes, however, a slightly larger fraction of the immunoreactivity.
In spinal cord, CCK12 was present in higher concentrations than the remaining
components. The superior mesenteric and celiac ganglia contain a relatively
large proportion of CCK33 • Otherwise the CCK-component pattern
corresponded to that seen in the cortex. In the colon, the small molecular
forms of CCK predominates (Larsson and Rehfeld, 1979). The recent cloning
and sequencing of rat DNA complementary to CCK messenger RNA by Deschenes ~
.!!..:...t.. (1984), should now facilitate studies aimed at understanding the
interrelationship of different CCK molecules.
51
1. 7.2 CCK in Sensory Fibers
Recent immunohistochemical studies in the rat (Dockray ~ aI., 1985)
provide additional support for the idea that the C-terminal immunoreactivity
occurs in sensory fibers. Local application of the sensory neurotoxin,
capsaicin, inhibits axonal transport in small diameter sensory fibers, and
can be shown to cause an accumulation of CCK-like immunoreactivity at the site
of application.
It is well known that CCK given intraperitoneally or intravenously
can influence behavior, for example, by evoking satiety effect by a vagally
dependent mechanism (Smith, 1983). There is extrinsic afferent CCK
innervation of the gut. Thus, material with ion exchange and gel filtration
properties of CCKS accumulated above ligatures of the vagus in the cat and
dog. This accumulation persisted even after section of the nerve above the
nodose ganglia and subsequent degeneration of the efferent fibers (Dockray ~
aI., 19S1). CCKS-like material is, therefore, localized to afferent fibers
with cell bodies in the nodose ganglion. The presence of CCK in afferent
vagal fibers and the identification of afferent C-terminal specific receptor
in the vagus, (Zarbin ~ al., 19S1) suggests the peptide may act to either
mediate or modulate the transmission of visceral information including that
initiating satiety behavior. In the vagus both CCK and gastrin can be found.
Brain stem neurons receiving an input from gastric mechanoreceptors respond
to CCKS in the same direction as the effect of gastric distension, but most do
not respond to gastrin given intravenously or intra-arterially.
With immunohistochemical techniques, CCK-like immunoreactivity has
been observed in the dorsal horn of the spinal cord (Larsson and Rehfeld,
52
1979; Gibson ~~, 1981). It could be demonstrated that most of these
fibers, as seen with immunohistochemistry, represent central branches of
primary sensory neurons (Jancso ~ a1., 1981, Da1sgaard ~ ~ 1982b;
Maderdrut ~ a1., 1982; Marley ~ a1., 1982; Schu1tzberg ~~, 1982).
Dense CCK-immunoreactive fiber networks are also observed in prevertebral
ganglia (Larsson and Rehfeld, 1979; Da1sgaard ~ ~ 1983), mainly
originating in the gastrointestinal wall (Dalsgaard ~ al., 1983, vide
infra), where CCK-immunoreactive cell bodies have also been seen
(Schultzberg ~ ~ 1980).
1. 7.3 Co-Existence of Cholecystokinin and Substance P
CCK-1ike immunoreactivity co-exists with a SP-like peptide in some
areas of the nervous system. In the dorsal horn of the spinal cord, SP and
CCK-like immunoreactivities are present in the same cell bodies (Dalsgaard et
a1., 1982). The area where the central branches of the primary sensory
neurons terminate, exhibit closely overlapping fiber networks containing
both compounds. Rowever, the spinal lateral nucleus (the area just lateral
to the dorsal aspects of the dorsal horn) contains SP, but not CCK
immunoreactive fibers. These lateral SP fibers probably originate in the
spinal cord (Hokfe1t ~ a1., 1985). Furthermore, when treating rats with
capsaicin, a drug which is known to cause degeneration of a certain population
of primary sensory neurons, or after rhizotomy, both SP- and CCK-like
immunoreactive fibers disappear from the dorsal horn of the spinal cord (Fuxe
~ a1., 1980; Voight & Wang, 1984). The CCK-like immunoreactivity in primary
sensory neurons is, however, obscure. Thus, in biochemical studies,
capsaicin-treated animals have been analyzed both with immunohistochemistry
53
and biochemistry (Marley et al., 1982; Schultzberg et ale , 1982).
Surprisingly, no effects on CCK (as CCK8) levels were seen with
radioimmunoassay, whereas an almost complete disappearance of CCK-like
immunoreactiity was observed with immunohistochemistry. These ,results
indicate that the CCK-like immunoreactivity observed with
immunohistochemistry may represent a different peptide than the one seen with
radioimmunoassay.
A group of strongly CCK-immunoreactive cell bodies was observed in
the anterior, ventral periaqueductal central gray (Innis ~~, 1979:
Larsson & Rehfeld, 1979; Loren ~ a1., 1979; Vanderhaeghen ~ al., 1980;
Hokfelt ~ al., 1980a). In the same region, numerous SP immunoreactive cell
bodies have also been observed (Ljungdahi ~ al., 197~). Comparative
analysis revealed that these two cell populations were identical to a large
extent (Skirboll ~ al., 1982). It could also be demonstrated that these
cells project to the spinal cord as revealed by combined retrograde tracing
and immunohistochemistry (Skirboll ~ al., 1983). This CCK-SP cell group is
a descending system. This system has been analyzed in detail in the cat;
both SP and CCK neurons have been shown to be in the Edinger-Westfall nucleus
projecting to the spinal cord (Moss & Basbaum, 1982: Maciewicz et al., 1983). ---These findings provide evidence for two peptides in a single neuron, and
suggest possible functional significance of such occurrence.
1. 7.4 Structure-Activity Relationships and Types of Receptors
A number of early studies compared gastrin, CCK, caerulein and
analogues for their effects on peripheral systems, including stomach and
pancreas (Tracy & Gregory, 1964; Morley ~ al., 1965). Studies on acid
54
secretion showed that the C-terminal tetrapeptide of gastrin (Trp-Met-Asp
PheNH2 ) retains full activity but is some 10-20 fold less potent than gastrin-
17. The suI fated and non-sulfated gastrin-17 were approximately equipotent
(Grossman, 1970) and within the C-terminal tetrapeptide of gastrin sequence
the aspartate residue was critical for activity (Marley, 1968). In contrast
to gastrin, shifting the position of the tyrosyl-O-sulfate to left or right
results in loss of the characteristic CCK effects on smooth muscle and
pancreas and leaves only gastrin-like activity (Kaminski ~ al., 1977;
Bodansky ~ al., 1978). Similarly, replacement of the sulfate group by a
phosphate group or removal of the sulfate dramatically reduces the ability to
enhance amylase secretion. Studies using the 125I-Bolton-Hunter labelled
CCK33 or 3H-caerulein have shown that on the pancreatic receptor sulfation of
CCK increased receptor activity some 100-1000 fold consistent with its effect
on amylase secretion. There are two binding sites for CCK33 on the
pancreatic acinar cell, a high affinity (Kd = 64 pM) and a low affinity (Kd = 21
nM) site (Christophe ~.!b.., 1980). The high affinity site is that involved
with amylase secretion, stimulation of cGMP formation, and increased,calcium
efflux, and it is likely to be the physiological receptor responding to
circulating CCK levels found after a meal.
In contrast, although the brain CCK binding site demonstrated using
125I-CCK33 has the highest affinity for the sulfated CCK8 , it resembles the
"gastrin" receptors in the stomach more closely in that both the nonsulfated
CCK8 , CCK30- 33 and gastrin are relatively potent at displacing 125I-CCK33
from the brain binding site (Innes & Snyder, 1980; Hays ~ a1., 1980; Sai to ~
a1., 1980; Saito~ a1., 1981; Hays & Paul, 1981; Hays ~ a1., 1981). The
distribution of CCK binding sites in the brain correlates reasonably with
55
distribution of CCK-like immunoreactivity in rat and guinea pig (Innes &
Synder, 1980; Saito ~ a1., 1980). The differences in receptor affinity and
specificity between pancreas and brain are of particular interest in relation
to the pancreatic antagonists dibutyrylcyclic GMP, proglumide and benzotript
(Hahne ~ a1., 1981). Dibutyryl-cGMP displaces 125I-CCK33binding from
mouse brain slices (Saito ~ al., 1981), but no evidence is yet available on
proglumide and benzotript, nor is it known whether these compounds are
antagonists or agonists at central nervous system CCK receptors. There is a
clear need for a suitable in vitro test system for central nervous system CCK
receptors.
Indeed, the affinity of various CCK fragments to the pancreas
receptors correlated closely to their biological potency in stimulating
amylase release. By contrast, such correlation was still not demonstrated
at the level of brain receptors. If one accepts that the binding sites
recognized by radio labeled CCK peptides correspond well with physiological
receptors, the high affinity of nonsulfated CCK8 and other, shorter fragments
remains striking. It seems that there are distinct binding sites for CCK8
and CCK30- 33 in the brain. Binding studies have shown that the pancreatic
CCK receptor exhibits a high selectivity for CCK8 aud CCK33 versus CCK30- 33
and shorter fragments. So CCK30- 33 is about 1000 to 10,000 times less potent
than CCK8 when interacting with receptors of pancreatic acini but only ten
times less active at the brain receptors (Innis & Snyder, 1980; Jensen~ a1.,
1982). One possible explanation could be derived from the model of the
pancreas receptors (Jensen ~ al., 1982) which seems to contain two binding
subsites of different affinity whose successive occupation leads to opposite
responses. In the CNS, the CCK8 receptors could be constituted by a
56
regulator with one functional subunit which is highly specific for the
sulfated peptide and an additional subunit for a nonsulfated peptide and
shorter fragments. Occupation of this latter site by the preceeding
peptides with high affinity might induce an allosteric transition hindering
interaction of CCKS with the functional subsite.
There are opposite effects of CCKS and CCK30- 33 in an open field
situation. CCK30- 33 administered intracerebroventricular1y in rats
increased locomotion and rearing while CCKS caused a decrease in these
activities (Hsiao ~ a1., 19S4). Moreover, proglumide blocks the effects of
CCKS but reinforces the CCK30_33-induced hypermotility. Such opposite
effects for the two peptides were already reported in electrophysiologica1
experiments on respiratory neurons (Morin ~ al., 19S3). This suggests the
occurrence of distinct binding sites for CCKSand CCK30- 33 in the brain.
Binding studies have shown that the pancreatic CCK receptor exhibits a high
selectivity for CCKS and CCK33 versus CCK30- 33 and shorter fragments.
1. 7.5 Sulfated Versus Nonsu1fated Cholecystokinin Octapeptide
Among neuropeptides, CCK displays the unusual feature of having a
tyrosyl residue with its phenol group in the seventh position esterified by
sulfuric acid. The O-sulfate group has been considered essential for the
biological activity of CCK in peripheral tissues as well as in the central
nervous system (Johnson~.!!.:.., 1970). Presumably, this group is introduced
at a post-translational stage of biosynthesis. Fekete ~ al., (1984) and
Cohen ~ al. (19S2) reported that both CCKS and CCKSNS facilitated the
extinction of an active-avoidance reaction in rats. Although both CCKSS and
CCKSNS can be detected in brain, there is no consensus about the central
57
nervous activity of the latter compound. Most authors regard CCKSS as the
active form, with CCKSNS as its inactive metabolite or as an artifact produced
during isolation procedures. The results of Penke ~ a1. (19S5) have
revealed three different patterns for biological activities of these two
octapeptides: 1) In some experiments CCKSS is active while CCKSNS is
inactive, such as in the inhibition of tail pinch-induced food intake after
intraperitoneal administration (Telegdy .!:.E. a1., 19S4). 2) In other
biological tests CCKSS is inactive while CCKSNS is active, such as in
electroconvulsive shock-induced retrograde amnesia after
intracerebroventricular administration (Kadar et a1., 19S4). 3) Both
octapeptides were active in the CNS (Telegdy ~ al., 19S2).
1. 7.6 Cholecystokinin and the Neurotransmitter Criteria
Large number of peptides with amino sequence ran~ing from three to
one hundred amino acids are the most recent addition to the group of
neurotransmitter candidates. Some are known to have definite
electrophysiologieal actions, either excitatory or inhibitory. However,
many peptide neurotransmitter candidates do not display such clear-cut
effects and have instead been proposed to act as neuromodulators. The
numerous ways that a substance, localized in nerve endings and released upon
depolarization, can affect other neurons may "transmit" important
information. For the purpose of simplicity, I consider substances that are
highly localized to specific neuronal system, released on depolarization,
and produce changes in neuronal activity as "neurotransmitters".
To be considered a neurotransmitter, CCK must meet certain criteria
which have been developed in the course of debate over its eventual
58
designation: anatomical, pharmacological, physiological, and biochemical
criteria. Whether these criteria are all necessary and sufficient for
pep tides remains to be established. Nonetheless, considerable progress has
been made towards satisfying these criteria to establish that CCK is a
transmitter in the central nervous system. At present, a substantial body of
evidence supports this notion (Morley, 1982; Rehfeld, 1980). In the
following discussion the author will highlight the body of this evidence.
1) Localization in neurons. By using antisera specific for defined
sequences of CCK, it has been known that CCK is localized in both central and
peripheral nerves (Larsson and Rehfeld, 1979). The CCK nerves are
particularly numerous in the neocortex, the hippocampus, the amygdaloid
nuclei, the hypothalamus, and colon where the cell bodies are giving rise to
axons terminating in prevertebral ganglia (vide supra). All are in
agreement with the regional distribution of CCK. In neurons, CCK is
localized in terminals and the cell bodies (Larsson & Rehfeld, 1979).
Fractionation has also revealed that CCK occurs primarily in synaptosomal
vesicular fraction (Emson~ al., 1980b) a feature suggestive of transmitter
function.
2) Synthesis in nervous tissue. CCK has been shown to be synthetized in
cortex in rat and hog (Golterman, 1985). The synthesis of CCK in subcortical
parts of rat brain has also been demonstrated (Golterman, 1985). The newly
synthetized CCK8 and CCK30- 33 are packaged into granules, transported to
nerve endings and stored in the terminals (Golterman ~ al., 1980a; 1980b;
Golterman~ al., 1981; Golterman, 1982a; 1982b and 1982c). Rehfeld (1980)
has demonstrated the biosynthesis of precursors: radioactive amino acid
([35S] methionine) which is abundantly represented in CCK, was injected into
59
the brain ventricles of anesthetized rats. The rats were decapitated at
various intervals with and without injection of non-radioactive methionine
("Chasing"). Extractions of CCK from the brain showed that methionine was
first incorporated into a large CCK polypeptide having a molecular weight of
15,000. This precursor was subsequently cleaved to smaller molecular weight
forms. The time-course of biosynthesis showed that CCK is synthesized very
rapidly and in large amounts - again a feature suggesting an active role for
CCK in the brain.
3) Neuronal release ~ adequate stimulation. An important criterion
for CCK role as a transmitter is that CCK is released by depolarizing stimuli
from CCK-containing synaptosomes and brain slices. Release from nerve
terminals by electrical stimulation has not yet been demonstrated, but with
the presence of CCK in distinct peripheral nerves (Larsson & Rehfeld, 1979),
it should be possible now to demonstrate such release. Interestingly, some
gastrointestinal hormones such as gastrin (Peggion ~ a1., 1983) and CCK8S
(Penke ~ al., 1985) show a high affinity for bivalent cation such as Ca2+ and
might influence the release of substances from synaptic vesicles, thus
performing Ca2+-dependent process. Superfusion of brain slices induces a
Ca2! dependent release of CCK during depolarization (Emson~ al., 1980b;
Dodd ~ a1., 1980).
4) Imitation of the transmitter effect ~ exogenous application of CCK.
Application of low amounts of CCK peptides to the postsynaptic membrane of
hippocampal neurons (fmole/s) shows that CCK is a potent excitatant: the
neurons respond in a few second (Dodd & Kelly, 1981). The response rate
resembles that of small transmitters (e.g. L-glutamate), and contrasts with
the general view that neuropeptides have a slow onset of action. Also,
60
dorsal horn neurons will be excited by CCK8 upon iontophoresis (Jeftinija ~
a1., 1981). The role of CCK as a neurotransmitters is further substantiated
by e1ectrophysio1ogical data indicating a postsynaptic effect of the
peptide. In accordance with this, Skirboll ~ al. (1981) found that i. v. CCK
heptapeptide excited the majority of cells in the rostral and medial parts of
the substantia nigra. Cells in the rostral area of substantia nigra also
responded to iontophoretic CCK heptapeptide in a dose dependent manner
(Hokfelt ~ al., 1980a). It is of primary importance that the only neurons
which responded with excitation in the dopaminergic substantia nigra were
those in which the co-existence of CCK with dopamine was demonstrated.
Another important criterion for CCK as a transmitter is that brain
homogenates contain binding sites for radiolabeled CCK (vide supra). These
binding sites are of high affinity and are saturable in a reversible manner.
Thus, they fulfill the criteria of specific receptors (Hays ~ al., 1980;
Innis & Snyder, 1980; Saito ~ al., 1981; Edwardson & McDermott, 1982). It is
of particular interest that the localization of binding sites, as revealed by
autoradiography of brain sections, suggests a distribution that matches that
of endogenous CCK8 (Zarbin ~ al., 1981).
Recently Rehfeld ~ .!!!.:..(l980a) have demonstrated a putatively
important transmitter action in another region. The islets of Langerhans,
but not the exocrine pancreatic tissue, are innervated by CCK nerve
terminals, and administration of CCK (as the C-terminal tetrapeptide) in
picomo1ar concentrations immediately induced a dramatic insulin and glucagon
release. The potent and immediate effects support the transmitter
candidature of CCK and suggest, moreover, that the postsynaptic membranes
contain specific receptors. As far as the interference with CCK action by
61
analogues is concerned, a useful analogue for CCK has not been found.
5) Mechanisms for inactivation. In order to act as a transmitter, CCK
should be rapidly inactivated in the synaptic cleft. This requires a
mechanism either for reuptake or for enzymatic degradation. In view of the
rapid synthesis~.!!2!2. of neuronal CCK (vide supra), reuptake is hardly the
mechanism. Exopeptidase is implicated in removal of N-termina1 aspartic
acid residue and the resultant heptapeptide undergoes subsequent cleavage by
neutral aminopeptidases. Also, endopeptidase (termed enkephe1inase) for
cleavage of Asp32-Phe33 seem to be involved in the synaptic inactivation of
CCK8 (Deschodt-Lanckman, 1985). However, the physiological re1evence of
these peptidases in CCK8 inactivation remain to be evaluated. The smallest
components of CCK, the octa- and tetrapeptide forms, may be active forms, but
which of these is the principal transmitter form may vary in different parts
of the brain. CCK30- 33 apparently has the shortest half-life (Deschodt
Lanckman ~ al., 1981).
1. 7.7 Clinical Aspects
The discovery of CCK in vertebrate brain spawned a growing interest
in the role of this peptide in central neuronal function. The wide
distribution of CCK in the nervous system, and its co-existence with
classical neurotransmitters and other neuropeptides, suggest that CCK may
open new avenues in our understanding and treatment of several neurological
disorders.
Little is known about pathological functions of neuronal CCK. In the
view of the many CCK nerves in most regions of the brain and in the periphery,
it is, however reasonable to expect CCK abnormalities in several diseases.
62
In Parkinson's disease, selective losses of Met-enkephalin and CCK have been
demonstrated in the nigrostriatal system which correlate well with the loss
of dopaminergic neurons in this area in this condition (Lotstra ~ a1., 1985;
Studder ~ a1., 1982). In Hunt ington 's disease, marked reduc tion in CCK and
other peptides are found in the substantia nigra (Emson ~ a1., 1985)
indicating damage to the striatal efferent in this condition. By contrast,
in Alzheimer's disease cortex, CCK and other peptides remain at normal
levels, whereas, somatostatin is reduced (Emson ~.!.h, 1985; Ferrier ~ a1. ,
1985); this indicates that there is a preservation of certain populations of
intrinsic cortical cells in this disease. Interestingly, high-affinity CCK
binding has been reported as being reduced in the basal ganglia of
Huntington's disease patients but is unchanged in brains from Alzheimer's
disease (Hays and Paul, 1982). The observation that CCK-like
immunoreactivity may be contained with dopamine within dopamine neurons
suggests that CCK peptides may modulate dopamine function (Hokfelt ~ ale ,
1980b and 1980c). In view of the dopamine hypothesis of schizophrenia, the
foregoing speculation has led to the idea that CCK peptides may be relevant to
the pathophysiology of schizophrenia (Hokfelt et a1., 1980b and 1980c, Moroj i ---~ a1., 1982). It has been shown that CCK-like immunoreactivity in the
temporal cortexes of schizophrenic patients was significantly reduced
(Ferrier ~ a1., 1985). In addition, the association between CCK and
dopamine have been considered in a number of investigations on the clinical
effects of CCK or its analogues in schizophrenia (see Ferrier ~.!.h, 1985 for
details) •
63
1.8 !h! Problem and Its Significance
From the previous account, it is not difficult to appreciate the
versatile mode of transmission of a sympathetic ganglion such as IMG. The
IMG is capable of exhibiting both central and peripheral reflexes. The
central reflex may occur via both the afferent and efferent fibers of the
spinal cord. The axonal reflex may occur through some afferent structure
located at a more peripheral site. The peripheral reflex is operated
independently of any central influences, giving the ganglion some autonomous
control. This is most markedly observed after ganglionic decentralization.
The sympathetic ganglion also presents an elegant example of the multiplicity
of chemical transmitter substances including peptides and monoamines of
excitatory or inhibitory nature. Furthermore, each transmitter substance
is found either alone or in coexistence with other transmitters. Although
the functional significance of these arrangements is not now known, they
could provide the organism with some versatility to cope with both its
external and internal environmental stimuli. The IMG possesses various
extrinsic and intrinsic peptide-containing neurons. In addition and
analogous to the preganglionic and primary afferent inputs to the ganglion,
there are both cholinergic and peptidergic presynaptic inputs arising from
the colon and terminating in the !MG. Based on this analogy, an independent
peripheral reflex pathway could easily be imagined. Perhaps the afferent
component of this peripheral reflex pathway conveys sensory information
different from other sensory information conducted by the primary afferent
fiber. It could be hypothesized that all the primary afferent fibers passing
64
through the IMGwhich constitute only a few percent of the total DRG cells,
carry only nociceptive information from the colon. They do not transmit
pressure information initiated by mechanoreceptors located in the colon
wall. Mechanoreceptor information is most likely communicated by afferent
cells located in the intramural ganglia of the colon and giving rise to
processes synapsing in the IMG.
The peptidergic component, acting as an afferent limb in the colon
ganglion reflex, could be mediated by any of the peptides localized in cell
bodies residing in the intramural ganglia of the colon with fibers impinging
on the IMG cells. The peptide cholecystokinin fits this description. In
addition, it is not unusual for cholecystokinin to mediate centrally or
peripherally a sensory function (vide supra). Despite the co-localization
of cholecystokinin with SP in some of the primary afferent cells in the DRG,
only SP has been considered as the neurotransmitter mediating reflex activity
involving the IMG. However, SP is not the only molecule that induces the non
cholinergic slow depolarization. Apart from the inconclusive role of SP in
the primary afferents mediating a central reflex, it has little, if any, role
mediating a peripheral reflex. There are no SP containing cell bodies in the
colon, and SP containing fibers do not terminate in the IMG.
Cholecystokinin fulfills the criteria of a sensory
neurotransmitter. In addition, cholecystokinin also has features which are
usual among sensory neuropeptides (including VIP). These features include
its existence in large amounts; its molecular heterogeniety that might imply
a different neurotransmitter role for each CCK species; its coexistence with
other peptides or monoamines; its presence in the sulfated and nonsulfated
form; its peripheral (exocrine and endocrine) and central receptor types; and
65
finally the fact that its C-termina1 tetrapeptide sequence has been strongly
conserved since its early development as seen in the hydra. Understanding
the mechanism of action of CCR will certainly advance our knowledge a great
deal not only about its neurotransmitter role in the IMG and its relevance to
the peripheral ganglionic reflex but also about its various physiological
roles. It will also aid in the determination of possible ways of
pharmacologically manipulating the molecule for possible utilization in
clinical situations. In order to reach this goal, there is a need for
suitable in vitro preparations other than central nervous system
preparations. In this regard,the sympathetic prevertebra1 ganglion, IMG,
is more accessible and amenable for such studies. Furthermore, the co10n
IMG preparation is useful for studying peripheral reflex mediation by CCR.
Comparative studies in several mammalian species will broaden the scope of
the conclusion. The main objective of my dissertation research is to test
the hypothesis that CCK has a sensory neurotransmitter role mediating
peripheral reflex activity involving the colon and the IMG in some mammalian
species.
2 MATERIALS AND METHODS
2.1 Materials
Animals: Young, albino guinea pigs (Hartley strain) of either sex
and of 150 to 300 g were used. These animals were caged in groups (5 animals
each). Young, albino rabbits (New Zealand White) of either sex and of 500-
1000g were used. They were caged 2 animals per cage.
Chemicals: TTX citrate free supplied by Calbiochem. Atropine
sulfate, hexamethonium bromide, a,a methylene adenosine triphosphate
lithium salt, adenosine triphosphate-disodium salt, adenosine,
dipyridamole, dTC and BU2 cGMP (N2 ,2'-O-dibutyrylguanosine 3': 5' cyclic
monophosphate, sodium salt) were purchased from Sigma Corporation.
Proglumide (DL-4-benzamine-N,N-dipropyl-glutaramic acid, sodium salt) and
benzotript (N-(p-chlorobenzoyl)-L-tryptophan) were purchased from RBI.
Peptides: Cholecystokinins (CCKSS, CCKSNS, CCK27- 33 , CCK30- 33 ),
gastrin-l-(Human), caerulein, tackykinins (substance P, substance K),
vasoactive intestinal polypeptide (VIP), Bombesin, dynorphin A,
somatostatin and Spantide (substance P antagonist, D-Arg1 ,D-Pro2, D-Trp 7,9,
Leu!l) were purchased from Peninsula Labs.
Microelectrode: Microelectrode glass of borosilicate (75 mm and
I.D. is 0.6 mm) was purchased from Federick Haer & Co. It was a capillary
tubing with Omega Dot for rapid fill. The length was 75 mm.
66
67
Micropipettes: Single barrelled pipette glass was supplied by
Federick Haer & Co. The length was 100 mm.
Multibarrelled pipettes were purchased from Medical Systems Corp.
2.2 Methods
2.2.1 Preparations
2.2.1.1 IMG-Colon Preparation. The data for this study were
derived from experimenting on 150 preparations of guinea pigs and 70
preparations of rabbits. Basically, the in vitro preparations were
dissected according to the method described by Crowcroft ~ al. (197la). The
animal was stunned and bled. After the abdominal, mid-line incision, the IMG
and associated nerves (lumbar, splanchnic lumbar colonic, hypogastric and
intermesenteric) were cut. In the case of the rabbit, copious fat tissue ,
layers and connective tissue were removed around nerve trunks and ganglia.
In the case of guinea pig parts of the proximal colon and the small intestine
had to be carefully removed from the attached mesentery near the smaller
ganglionic mass. The distal colon was cut to give a length of 4 to 6 cm. The
preparation was rapidly removed from the animal. The preparation retained
the segment of colon attached to the colonic nerve together with the IMG, the
intermesenteric nerve and long lengths of the left and right hypogastric
nerve. To obtain adequate lengths of the lumbar splanchnic nerves, the
preparation was kept attached to a segment of the abdominal aorta.
The preparation was mounted in separate compartments of a two-
compartment recording organ bath made of plexiglas with sylgard in the
bottom. The IMG and associated nerve trunks were pinned down in one
68
compartment and the colon segment in the other. The intermediate mesentery
containing the branches of the lumbar colonic nerves which communicate
between the colon and the IMG was draped over the barrier separating the two
compartments and covered with moist tissue paper to prevent desiccation by
exposure to air. Both compartments of the bath were perfused with Kreb's
solution separately at a rate of 4 m1/min with oxygenated Krebs solution
maintained at 35-37oC as measured near the preparation with a thermistor
probe. In all experiments the preparation was placed in the bath right side
up. Any fecal pellets in the lumen of the colon were usually expelled within
a few minutes by contractions of the colon segment. Then the caudal end of
the segment was ligated and pinned to the bath floor at a point distal to the
ligature and the oral end was fitted around a catheter linked to pressure
distending apparatus equipped with manometer. It was important not to
stretch the colon and allow it freedom of movement. Several pins were placed
in the mesentery between the ganglion and the colon segment (along the
compartment barrier) through artery and vein segments to prevent movement of
the ganglion during colon distension. Any visible residual connective
tissues were removed during desheething of the ganglion. The preparation
was allowed to equilibrate with the bathing medium for one, hour before
recording.
2.2.1.2 ~ Preparation. Similar to the procedure followed to
isolate ganglion-colon preparation, steps were conducted for dissecting out
the IMG preparation. The preparation was kept during dissection attached to
a segment of the abdominal aorta and of the colon, but the colon segment was
removed after pinning the preparation in the bath.
69
2.2.2 Recording and Stimulation
2.2.2.1 Background. Intracellular recording technique utilized
in this research has been described by Crowcroft and Szurszewski (1971).
However, this technique has undergone several modifications before the
eventual use of a single electrode for both stimulation and intracellular
recording. In principle, since the small size of individual neurons
prevents even the use of double-barreled microelectrodes for stimulation and
recording, the purpose can be accomplished by using only a single electrode.
In this regard, Araki and Otani (1955) developed the basic scheme for a
passive equivalent circuit. However, an undesirable potential drop across
the resistance of the recording electrode resistance was also recorded in
addition to the voltage drop across the membrane. In order to eliminate
recording the first voltage drop, a bridge balancing potentiometer was
employed with one end connected to the voltage source and the other to the
negative end of a differential amplifier whose positive input is connected
with the output of a recording amplifier. ~onetheless, there were two
disadvantages in using the passive bridge when using very high-resistance
microelectrodes. In this case, the constant current resistor can attenuate
the membrane potential changes and a relatively high voltage must be
utilized. To overcome these difficulties, an active circuit developed by
Fein (1966) can be utilized (Fig. 3). The important feature of the active
bridge circuit is that its equivalent input resistance is infinite thereby
offering no attenuation of the neuronal signal. Thus, the current flowing
into the microelectrode will be determined by the value of the stimulating
resistor (Rs) and the voltage source (V), and the current will be independent
of the microelectrode resistance. In principle, the circuit is a constant
Fig. 3. Intracellular stimulating and recording with a single electrode: The active circuit.
(A) Schematic diagram of the experimental set-up. A stimulating resistor (Rs) of relatively low value is connected to a stimulus isolation unit (SIU) that is connected to a unity gain high input impedence recording amplifier. The input of this amplifier and the other side of the Rs are connected to a single microelectrode utilized for both stimulation and recording. (B) An equivalent electrical circuit of the arrangement illustrated in part (A). Vo: Voltage output; Vin: Voltage input,; R~e: resistance of the recording electrode; Rm: membrane resistance (modif1ed from Byrne, 1981).
A.
B.
Rm
Rs
, " I, Recording
and Stimulating Electrode
~ -Rs +
Rre l -- Vin
Unity Gain Recording Amplifier
Vo
Fig. 3. Intracellular Stimulating and recording with a single electrode: The active circuit.
70
71
current generator. This feature was endowed on the circuit by introducing a
unity gain recording amplifier as shown in the figure. However, the method
still has the disadvantage of an undesirable voltage drop produced across the
recording electrode that must frequently be balanced out with a suitable
bridge circuit.
2.2.2.2 Procedure. Membrane protentials were recorded
intracellu1arly by glass microelectrodes filled with 3 M-KCl and having tip
resistance ranging from 50 to 100 M 51. Potentials were amplified by unity
gain electrometer (WP Instruments Model M707) that had a feedback circuit
(active bridge) to allow passing current directly through the microelectrode
for direct stimulation. Oscilloscope (Nicolet Instrument Corporation,
Model 201) tracings were stored on FM tape recorder (Hewlett Packard 3964A
Instrumentation Recorder) and played back for plotting figures with Gould X/Y
Plotter Recorder (Model 3054) or with two-channel Gould Brush Pen recorder
(Model 2400). Resting membrane potentials (Corrected for tip potential)
were taken as the voltage deflection on impalement and confirmed when the
electrode was deliberately withdrawn from the cell and into the bathing
solution. A cell was judged to be satisfactorily impaled if the observed
resting potential was greater than -40 mV and if the peaks of all action
potentials was greater than 0 mV. To obtain the maximum intracellularly
recorded resting potential small adjustments of the position of the
microelectrode were sometimes necessary. Upon impalement some cells
exhibited a high frequency (up to 100 Hz) of injury discharge of action
potentials, which depressed rapidly to zero in a few seconds. However, in
many cases, these cells regained stable membrane potent ial and were recorded
from for a long period.
72
2.2.2.3 Stimulation. Nerve trunks attached to the ganglia were
placed on bipolar platinum wire electrodes isolated by stimulus isolation
units (S1U) for indirect stimulation using Grass (S-88). Having been shown
as synaptic (not antidromic) response elicited by a single stimulus, the slow
potentials were triggered, unless otherwise stated, by repetitively
stimulating any of the four attached nerves to the ganglion with a frequency
of 30 Hz and duration of 6 sec. The voltage varied according to the desired
synaptic response with a range from 5-20V. Generally, the duration of a
single pulse to stimulate a nerve was 0.5 msec. Hyperpolarizing or
depolarizing D.C. current for injection through the soma or for manual
voltage clamp was also provided by the stimulator (S-88). For direct
stimulation by injecting hyperpolarizing or depolarizing current pulses
through the soma, Grass (S-44) was used. The frequency of stimulation was
0.5 Hz and the duration of a single pulse was 5 msec. The device also was used
to pass intracellularly anelectrotonic potential, or square hyperpolarizing
current pulses of constant magnitude, 100 msec duration and with frequency of
0.5 Hz to monitor the changes in membrane Rin. Values of Rin are the slopes of
the current-voltage relationships.
2.2.2.4 Distension of the Colon. The catheter to the colon segment
was connected to a 12 ml syringe filled with Krebs solution for distending the
colon segment. Colonic intraluminal pressure was quantified in centimeters
of water (cm H20) ascending in an open vertical manometer placed in parallel
with the syringe and with a pressure transducer. Distension was by bolus
injection of Krebs solution such that the desired pressure was attained in 2-4
sec. Removal of the fluid from the colon segment followed a similar time
course. Most of the experiments that employed colon distension in their
73
protocol, utilized pressure equivalent to 20 cm H20. The open manometer
allowed movement of fluid in and out of the colon lumen during spontaneous
contraction of the segment. Thus, contractions produced transient
increases in the volume of solution in the manometer, though usually not
exceeding 5% of the total volume (.:!:. 1 cm H20 for a distension of 20 cm H20).
The technique has been used before elsewhere (Weems & Szurszewski, 1977).
2.2.3 Solutions and Reagents
A stock solution of CCK8NS was prepared by dissolving the peptide in
Ca2+-free, glucose-free Krebs solution containing 0.1 N acetic acid to give a
final peptide concentration of 200 J.i M. The solution was sonicated to insure
complete dissolution. Aliquots of the stock solution were stored in
polypropylene containers in which the air had been replaced with nitrogen.
CCKaS, CCK27- 33 , CCK30- 33 , caerulein, gastrin 1 (human), spantide, substance
P, substance K, VIP, bombesin, dynorphin A and somatostatin were handled in a
similar way but without the addition of acetic acid and without sonication.
In order to prevent the absorption of peptides on glass, salinized glassware
or polypropylene volumetric flasks were used.
The composition of the Krebs solution was as follows (mM): NaCI, 117;
KCI, 4.7; CaCI2, 2.5; MgC12, 1.2; NaHC03, 25; NaH2P04 , 1.2; glucose, 11.5.
When oxygenated with 95% 02' 5% CO2, the solution had a pH of 7.4. In
experiments in which a low Ca2+ (0.25 mM) and high Mg2+ (12 mM) solution was
used to superfuse the ganglia, the content of both ions in Krebs' solution
were proportionally altered (lowering [Ca2+]0 lOX and raising [Mg2+]0 lOX) to
keep osmolarity constant. When preparing low sodium Krebs (11.9 mM),
sucrose or lithium bicarbonate was added in an amount that maintained normal
74
osmolarity. In some experiments in which the ganglia were superfused with
the low sodium solution, the Na content of the Krebs I
with Tris buffer salt according to Dun 2! a1. (1978).
solution was replaced
In this case the Na+
was replaced with an isomolar amount of Tris-(hydroxymethyl) aminomethane
which was converted to Tris-Cl by titration with 5 N-HCl to pH 7.4-7.5. In
high [K+] 0 (23.5 roM) there was no reduction of any other ion since the change
in osmolarity of the solution did not change dramatically.
2.2.4 Exogeneous Application of Peptides
2.2.4.1 Pressure Ejection Background. The ejection of picoliter
volumes of putative neurotransmitters and neuroactive drugs has become an
important adjunct to studies of nervous system function. By using a
combination recording-ejection electrode (Stone, 1985), it is possible to
record the activity of neurons constituting a small population that are
sensitive to the ejected pharmacological agent. However, the reliability of
ejecting small amounts of substance quantitatively by iontophoretic
technique has proved questionable (Bloom, 1974). Pressure ejection was used
in several ways. Pressure ej ection was performed in Aplysia intracellularly
(Koike 2! a1., 1974) in cat extracellularly (Krnjevic & Phillis, 1963) and in
vitro (Obata 2! a1., 1970; McCaman 2! a1., 1977). The pressure technique
offers several advantages for quantitative drug application over the
iontophoretic method: (1) Large ejecting or braking current that may affect
the neuron is avoided. (2) Such currents may also affect the ionic
composition in the tip due to the interacting glass surface (3) non-charged
substances can be applied. (4) pH adjustments made to facilitate
iontophoresis, which could affect the activity of the drug, are avoided. (5)
75
complications of drug ejection by electro-osmosis can be avoided. The
pressure-ejection technique allows calibration of amounts delivered from
individual micropipette by measuring the volume ejected into mineral oil in
vitro (Sakai ~ ale , 1979). Calibration was also done by using radioisotopes
or other tracer materials (Zieglgansberger ~~, 1969). Moreover, the
device for pressure ejection is not only available commercially but can also
be built (Rogers, '1985). In short, the pressure-ejection method offers more
predictable, quantitative delivery than the iontophoretic method.
2.2.4.2 Pressure Ejection Procedure. A schematic diagram
portraying the electrophysiological set up for evaluating intracellular
response to peptides delivered by pressure ejection is shown in Fig. 3 & Fig.
4. Micropipettes were calibrated by viewing the movement of the fluid
meniscus at 100X magnification and calculating the volume displacement.
Establishing linear relationship between ejection volume and pulse duration
or pulse pressure allows expeditious and reliable calibration of the peptide
filled pipette. Therefore, it was necessary to test for this linearity when
using pipettes with tip diameter of 5 to 10 J.lm. Fig. 5 and Fig. 6 illustrate
direct proportionality obtained between the volume ejected and the duration
of the pressure pulse or between the volume and the intensity of the pressure
pulse. Thus, it is obvious that the pressure system used produces a linear
uniform responses with correlation coefficients of 0.98 or greater for both
plots. Note also that the plots in Fig. 5 do not intersect the Y (volume) axis
at a positive value at any number of pulses (operated manually using
Picrospritzer, General Valve Corp. Model). This indicates that there is no
leakage when no pressure was applied. The X intercept in Fig. 6 represents
the minimal pressure required for ejection at any selected duration.
Fig. 4. Schematic diagram of the basic e1ectrophysio10gica1 set-up for recording cell responses to peptides delivered by pressure ejection.
Generation of a pressure pulse for ejection requires a 3 to 5 volts positive pulse from an isolated current source (stimulator( s) connected with stimulus isolation unit (SIU» which gates the output of the DC source via the transistorized circuit in the solenoid driver and thereby activates the 3-way solenoid valve. The duration of the pressure pulse is set by the stimulator and pressure (0-100 psi) is supplied by a gas tank regulator. A mark indicating the application and duration of a pressure pulse may be superimposed on the input to the recorder (Vc) by interceping the polarity loop in the time mark portion of the solenoid drive circuit. Signals from the recording and stimulating electrode are fed to a high impedence amplifier (not shown here) and displayed on the oscilloscope (Vr ) and recorder (modified from McCaman, 1977).
Vr
Recording and stimulating
electrode
76
Fig. 4. Schematic diagram of the basic electrophysiological set-up for recording cell responses to peptides delivered by pressure ejection.
Fig. ,5. . appl~cat~on.
Relationship between ejected volume and duration of pressure
The relationship is plotted at various number of applications (expressed as number of shots). Note that the relationships do not intersect the ordinate at a positive value indicating that there is no leak at any of the various treatment.
-... Q) .... . --0 C tV Z -Q)
E ~ -0 >
85
15
65
55
45
35
25
15
5
o 20 shots • 10 shots • 5 shots
Duration (msec)
•
Fig. 5. Relationship between ejected volume and duration of pressure application.
77
Fig. 6. Relationship between ejected volume and pressure (expressed as pound per square inch, Psi) at various durations.
X intercept is the minimum pressure required for ejection at all pulse durations.
78
95
0 75 msec 0
85 • 50 msec
• 25 mS8C
75
.-.. G» 65 .. . -....
c» I 55 0 ,.. >< ...... 45 G» e = - 35 0 >
25
15
5
2.5 7.5 12.5 17.5 22.5 27.5 32.5 37.5
Pressure (PSI)
Fig. 6. Relationship between ejected volume and pressure(expressed as pound per square inch, Psi) at various durations.
79
Typically, at 5 Psi (pound per square inch) and pulse duration of 10 to 200 ms,
the volumes delivered ranged from 100 to 2000 pI. The number of moles of an
ejected peptide dose was estimated from the volume of the peptide solution
delivered.
The tip of a single or 6-barrelled pipette was positioned with a
micromanipulator to within 30-50 llm of the surface of the ganglion at the site
impaled by the recording microelectrode. Micropipettes were tested with both
methylene blue and 3 M KCl; the former to test for leakage and the trajectory
of the ejected solution and the latter to test the depolarization produced by
a standard solution. With multibarrelled pipettes, the methylene blue
solution was used to insure that no leakage occurred between barrels and the
KC1 to insure that each barrel produced a similar depolarization. In order
to reproduce depo1arizations, the time between peptide applications had to be
controlled to avoid desensitization. With all drugs and peptides, the
vehicle solution without the drug was ejected from the pipette as a control.
2.2.4.3 Superfusion. Drugs that were superfused were added to the
Krebs solution reservoir before it entered the recording chamber.
Concentration of the drugs are those of the salts dissolved in the Krebs
solution. In some experiments, substance P, VIP, or CCKaS/NS was superfused
to test for desensitization or cross desensitization (vide infra).
Antagonists were also applied by superfusion. Superfusion was continuous at
a rate of 4 mi/min.
ao
2.3 Cross Desensitization
It is important to be sure, when studying CCK-induced
desensitization, whether the slow depolarization induced by substance P or
VIP cross desensitizes the response of the neuron to the applied CCK. In this
regard, superfusing substance P or VIP for several minutes to attain
desensitization would consume large amount of costly peptide. Therefore,
two adjacent micropipettes were devised for investigating possible cross
desensitization. Both micropipettes were connected to the pressure
ejection system with a separate switch for each. One micropipette does not
release any peptide amount in the absence of applied pressure. This
micropipette was filled with 10-4 M CCKaNS. The other micropipette, with
larger tip size, was continuously releasing some amount of peptide, as
monitored by the induced depolarization in the absence of any applied
pressure. This continuous release was allowed to induce desensitization.
However, this micropipette still releases even larger amount of the peptide
upon applying pressure. This micropipette was filled with VIP or substance
P. Thus, the decremental response (the desensitized response) to the VIP or
substance P could be monitored periodically. Immediately after reaching the
desensitized state, CCKaNS was pressure-ejected from the first pipette. By
comparing the response to CCKSNS before and immediately after
desensitization with substance P or VIP, possible cross desensitization
could be detected. Extreme care was taken to keep the membrane potential
constant by manual voltage clamp during desensitization experiments.
81
2.4 Monitoring ~ Stability of Cholecystokinin
The amount of CCKaNS was monitored periodically inside the pipette
and in the superfusate by means of HPLC. Quanititative and qualitative
determinations were carried out on samples taken within periods of time up to
a hrs. The peptide fragments were confirmed using standard peptides. The
protocol for such experiments were as follows:
0) Analysis .2! CCKaNS in ~ Pipette ~ ~ hrs
Three large pressure-ejecting pipettes (of 1 ml capacity but with the
S to 10 'Il m tip diameter), designed particularly large, for HPLC analysis were
loaded with 10-4 M CCKaNS up to 100 'Ill as a maximum volume. Samples (20 'Ill
each) were collected from each pipette at times 0, 2, 4 and 8 hrs after
loading. The twelve samples were frozen and lyophilized for HPLC.
(2) Analysis of CCKaNS in ~ Superfusate after Superfusion with 20 'Il M
CCKaNS
Samples (3. S ml each) were taken from the recording chamber at times 0
(before superfusion), 2, 4, 6, a and 10 minutes after the entrance of the
super fused peptide into the recording chamber over the IMG. All samples were
frozen and lyophilized for HPLC.
2.S Statistical Analysis
All data were expressed as the mean.:!:. S.D. (number of samples) and the
statistical difference was assessed from student 1st test. The statistical
significance was expressed as *p<O.OS and **p<O.Ol. A difference between
control and treatment of at least p<O.OS (two tail) was considered
82
significant. Plots of membrane potential and depolarization amplitude were
analyzed by a linear regression method that minimizes errors in both X and Y
variables (Brace, 1977).
3 RESULTS
3.1 Action ~ CCK8 ~ Membrane Potential and Input Resistance
3.1.1 Pressure Ejection Versus Superfusion
The purpose of choosing a reliable method for the application of
peptides was to achieve reliability of the bioassay. In comparing the
usefulness of applying CCK8 by pressure ejection or by superfusion, the
following data were obtained. CCK8 was administered by pressure ejection
and by superfusion (1 pmole and 20 1l M respectively). Ninetyfive percent of
cells tested (87 of 92 cells, 30 preparations) depolarized in response to
pressure-ejected CCK8 ; in contrast, 20% of cells tested (4 of 20 cells, 5
preparations) depolarized in response to superfused CCK8 • The responses to
CCKS pressure-ejected and superfused and the response to repetitive nerve
stimulation are compared in Fig. 8. Although actual measurements were not
made, the figure shows that pressure ejection produced a faster rising phase
and higher amplitude of depolarization than superfusion. On the other hand,
the response to pressure-ejected CCKS matches the response to presynaptic
repetitive stimulation in the rise time, amplitude and duration of the
depolarization.
Another important effect of superfusion is that it may desensitize
the response to pressure-ejected CCK8 as monitored by examining the amplitude
and duration of the slow depolarization produced by the peptide. On
83
84
monitoring the concentration, in the recording chamber, over the time of
superfusion of CCKS (15 ~M) using HPLC, it was found that the steady state
concentration can be attained 10 min after the onset of superfusion in two out
of three trials (see Fig. 53 as an example). The steady state concentration,
in the third trial, was achieved after 15 min. Desensitization occurred,
however, if the pressure ejection of CCKS was preceded by superfusion of 10 M
CCKS for 10 min in four trials. The reduction in amplitude of the
depolarizations averaged 36% .:!:,16% (4 cells, 4 preparations) and the decrease
in duration of the depolarizations averaged 26% + 6.S% (5 cells, 5
preparations). An example is shown in Fig. 9. The inset shows at a slower
chart speed, a lack of depolarization and an increase in Rin in response to
superfusion. The amplitude of the pressure ejection-induced depolarization
decreased to 4.5 mV compared to 6 mV before the superfusion, and the duration
decreased to 34 s compared to 70 s before the superfusion. These effects were
reversed after washing with regular Krebs' solution for 10 min. In addition
to showing that superfusion of CCKS can desensitize neurons in the absence of
measurable depolarization, these data suggest that the lower number of
depolarizations observed loTith superfusion of CCKS (see previous paragraph)
is a result of the relatively slow equilibration of the CCKS with the bathing
medium surrounding the cells. That is, the cell desensitizes before it
depolarizes. Therefore, it was advisable to utilize pressure ejection as a
method in applying neuroactive peptides.
3.1.2 Nature of CCKS Elicited Slow Depolarization
The action of CCKS on neurons of guinea pig IMG was found to be
reversibly excitatory and dose-dependent. Immediately (1 to 2 sec) after
S5
the delivery of CCKS from the single-barrelled pipette, the slow
depolarization ensued revealing the rapid onset of action produced by CCKS as
seen in Figs. 7, S, 9, 11 and 12. Specific responses to the peptide were
characterized by marked increase in the amplitude and frequency of synaptic
activity. The sensitivity of the neurons to the peptide varied. With a
single dose (2 pmole) of CCKS ' some 10% of the responsive neurons to CCKS
exhibited immense neuronal discharge that lasted for a minute in some
instances, and masked the slow depolarization as shown in Fig. 7. The rest
(S5%) responded moderately as can be seen in Fig. 7. Some neurons of these
that did not respond to exognenous application of CCKS were sensitive to SP.
However, there were cells that did not respond to either SP or CCKS ' On the
neurons that were sensitive to both compounds, SP (ED50 = 0.75,:, 0.2 pmole) was
more potent than CCKS (ED50 = 1.1.:. 0.5 pmole). Substance K was even more
potent (ED50 = 0.1.:.0.05 pmole) than SP. Depolarization in response to SP
and CCKS was observed in 4 (SO% of tested cells) and 5S (73%) cells,
respectively. Usually, the slow depolarization was accompanied with a burst
of firing of action potentials seen superimposed on the peak of
depolarization. A mixture of atropine (l llM) and hexamethonium (l00 II M) did
not block or depress the CCKS-induced slow depolarization disclosing the
noncholinergic nature of the depolarization (Fig. 11). The average
amplitude and duration of the slow depolarization induced by maximally
effective doses of CCKSNS was 9.3.:.6.1 (36 cells) and 99.7.:.14.6 ms (59 cells)
respectively (Table 2, Fig. 10). The depolarization was associated with a
decrease in membrane input resistance (Rin ) of 22.3%.:. 14 in 59% of cells (47
of SO cells), and an increase in membrane resistance of 14%.:. 8.S in 20% of
cells while 21% of cells depolarized without a change in Rin (Table 3 and Fig.
Fig. 7. Action of CCKaNS on neurons of guinea pig IMG.
CCKaNS (2 pmole) applied by pressure ejection (arrows) evokes slow depolarization with fast onset of action and rate of rise. The depolarization may not be associated with intense neuronal discharge as shown in the upper trace. Note in this trace, only one action potential is elicited from the increased synaptic activity at the peak of depolarization. Some neurons are sensitive enough to CCKSNS to respond to the same dose of the peptide with intense neuronal discharge that might last for almost a minute and mask the slow depolarization (lower trace). The downward deflect ions in the two traces represent responses to hyperpolarizating current pulses (0-3 nA, 100 msec) Changes in the amplitude of these deflections help monitor the changes in Rin. (Calibration: vertical bar = 10 mVj horizontal bar = 20 sec).
86
t Fig. 7. Action of CCK8NS on neurons of guinea pig IMG.
Fig. S. Responses to different methods of peptide application compared to the response induced by stimulation in a neuron of guinea pig IMG. .
In top trace, stimulation of colonic nerves (30 lIz for the duration indicated by the bar and arrows) produces slow depolarization. In middle trace, cholecystokinin octapeptide sulfated (CCKSS) applied by pressure ejection (arrm~) elicits slow depolarization. In bottom trace, CCKSS applied by superfusion (arrow) evoked slowly developing depolarization. Note the similarity in the onset, amplitude, and time course of the response in top and middle traces. In these traces (top and middle), the downward deflections are anelectrotonic potentials in response to constant hyperpolarizing current pulses (0.3 nA, 100 msec) applied through the recording electrode in order to measure changes in input resistance. Vm = -63 mV.
Stimulation
~ III.
tJ 30 Hz
Pressure
Ejection I • '1111"rr:~t r"",AilIR"I,,"'""IAIl ,
r II" riltr..... , 1"1 IiFillif"'ilYPI
"",t'hJiiHriitfilrii,IH.. '" ,,"",,",iIiIHf~
Super'uslon
CCKaS (15 pM)
t CCKa S
• ,I t¢ btl ~d1Il .' '¥oft" , .......... t el+"
I
J20 mv
15 sec
Fig. 8. Responses to different method of peptide application compared to the response induced by stimulation in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.
co -..,J
Fig. 9. Desensitizing action of CCKSNS applied by superfusion on a neuron of guinea pig IMG.
CCKSNS applied by pressure ejection (arrow) effects slow depolarization (left trace). For reproducible response, another application of the peptide by pressure ejection must not be before five minutes following the completion of the previous response. On the other hand, if the second application is carried out by superfusion for 10 min (arrows in the inset), the response to the third application by pressure ejection (S min after the end of superfusion) will be depressed (right trace). Vm = -SO mV.
.lm1, ---~~r .' 1Mm1~1I'n'i~I'I1I~~~iM;~~'mIt1liTI'h.-!~""rm
CCKS NS
Superfuslon
(10PMCCK SNS )
10 min. 24sec
",lit .~111' :I! ,I· '1-.· ·,.-·.··::1 f'W'i" Wi tw.IU--"II!-EI8I1 L- ----.-
~5mv 15 sec
Fig. 9. pig IMG.
Desensitizing action of CCKaNS applied by super fusion on a neuron of guinea
00 00
a9
TABLE 2
Properties of CCKa-Induced Slow Depolarization in Neurons of Guinea Pig IMGa
CCKa Analog
Nonsulphated
Sulphated
Amplitude
(mV)
4.9 + 3.7**
(43)
Duration
(sec)
99.7 + 4.6
(59)
72 • 3 + 23.9**
(31)
Risetimeb
(sec)
lo.a + 3.4
(15)
4.3 + 3.3**
(13)
a CCKa was spritzed from a pipette, containing 200 llM solution by pressure ejection
(5 psi, 50 msec).
b Time elapsed from the onset of action to the peak amplitude.
c Mean + S.D.
d Number of cells tested.
** p<O.Ol, two-tailed student t test compared with the nonsulphated analog.
12 L I 120
I T • 10 100 l- I • ,..., ,..., 0 > • CD
E rn - • -8 80 W Z a 0 ::J i= t- c( ..J 6 a: 60 a. :J ~ a c(
4 40
2 20
CCKa NS CCKa5 CCKaNS CCKa8
Fig. 10. Histogram summar1z1ng the action of both CCKaNS and CCKaS on neurons of guinea pig IMG in terms of the amplitude and duration of their induced slow depolarization.
\0 o
Fig. 11. The noncholinergic nature of CCKSNS-induced slow depolarization in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.
CCKSNS applied by pressure ejection (arrows) triggered slow depolarization associated with a decrease in Rin (A). The slow depolarization and the decrease in Rin persist in the presence of a mixture of atropine and hexamethonium applied by superfusion. Vm = -57 mY.
A Control
t CCKa NS
'I
91
.-J 5 mV
15 sec
B Atropine (1 uM) + Hexamethonium (1 OO~M)
t Fig. 11. The noncholinergic nature of CCK8NS-induced slow depolarization in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.
92
12). The magnitude of the change in resistance was estimated from the change
in amplitude of the voltage responses to intracellularly injected
hyperpolarizing current pulses (0.3 nA, 50 ms in duration, applied at 2 s
intervals) during the peak depolarization produced by CCK8 • Rin at the peak
of depolarization was compared to Rin before depolarization to determine the
change in Rin.
3.1.3 Imitation of Other Noncholinergic Depolarization
To be considered a neurotransmitter, CCK must imitate the slow
depolarization when applied exogeneously by pressure ejection. The slow
depolarization triggered by CCK8 resembles in many aspects slow
depolarizations elicited either by presynaptic repetitive stimulation of
lumbar colonic nerves or by colon distension (Fig. 13). They shared enhanced
excitability (firing of action potentials superimposed on the peak of
depolarization), associated changes in membrane Rin and matched amplitude,
and similar slow time course of depolarization. In this regard, the slow
depolarization produced by CCK8 was similar to that previously reported in
prevertebral ganglia for substance P (Dun & Minota, 1981), vasopressin
(Peters and Kreulen, 1985) as well as the slow noncholinergic potential
produced by repetitive nerve stimulation (Nield, 1978; Dun & Jiang, 1982).
The majority of cells showed decreased Rin concotmllitant with the slow
depolarization that is elicited either by exogeneous application of
substance P or by presynaptic repetitive nerve stimulation (Neild, 1978; Dun
& Karczmar, 1979; Minota ~ al., 1981). An example of a slow depolarization
evoked by colon distension and associated with a decrease in Rin is shown in
Figure 13. All these slow depolarizations have been found to be also
Fig. 12. Types of change in input resistance of neurons in guinea pig IMG induced by CCKSNS.
CCKSNS applied by pressure ejection caused an increase in input resistance in 20% of cells tested (A); a decrease in input resistance in 60% of cells tested (B); and no change in input resistance in 20% of cells tested (C). Input resistance changes are indicated by the changes in the amplitude of the downward deflections (anelectrotonic potentials) which are responses to direct injection of constant hyperpolarizing current pulses through cell soma.
A mIImnm I I iii h 1/1, ~Iilili i '~iiili II ill mffiliil I 1111 I Inilmliiillillliili iii nmiNffl Iii iii iii
8
c
t CCKe NS
,/""" /111111 111111, III r ' , , III i 111111111 1111 Ilf II i 1111 rtI r" I III I Ii ill
t J20mv 15 sec
~It_iftr'mt. " nmn 111111111 II ill - Mlnlli 111111 ililli limn i/liIIlfiil
t Fig. 12. Types of changes in input resistance of neurons in guinea pig IMG induced by CCKaNS.
93
TABLE 3
Effect of CCKB on Membrane Input Resistance in Neurons of Guinea Pig IMGa
Nonsulphated
Sulphated
Increaseb
14.1 + B.Bc
(I6)
16.2 + 13.5
(6)
Decrease
22.3 + 14
(4n
1B.5 + 17.1
(B)
!2. Change
a
(In
a
(I 1)
94
a CCKB was spritzed from a pipette, containing 200]..lM solution, by pressure
ejection.
b Percentage change measured only at the peak of depolarization and by clamping the
membrane at its resting potential
c Mean + S.D.
Fig. 13. Slow depolarization responses produced in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by three different stimuli.
A. distending the colon with 20 cm H20 for the duration indicated by the pulse pressure (lower trace) triggers slow depolarization (upper trace) associated with an increase in the continuous synaptic activity. B. Lumbar colonic nerve (LCN) repetitive stimulation (30 Hz for the duration indicated by the bar between the arrows) evokes slow depolarization. C. CCKSNS applied by pressure ejection (arrow) elicits slow depolarization. Note that in all the three responses there is a decrease in the input resistance as indicated by the amplitude of the downward deflections (membrane respons~s to constant hyperpolarizing current pulse, 0.3 nA, 100 msec). The slow depo1arizations were associated with firing of action potentials. In B these action potential were cropped. Vm = -47 mV.
A. COLON DISTENSION
I : i'
20 em H20 -----B. PRESYNAPTIC REPETITIVE STIMULATION
C. EXOGENEOUS APPLICATION OF CCK 8 NS
t
.Js mV
15 sec
Fig. 13. Slow depolarization responses produced in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by three different stimuli.
95
96
noncholinergic in nature.
Other peptides known to be localized to cell bodies in the intramural
ganglia of the colon and to fibers projecting onto cells in the guinea pig IMG,
were also tested for their actions. Bombesin and dynorphin had no effect on
IMG neurons (a cells in 4 preparations for each peptide). As for VIP, 2 cells
were hyperpolarized and 4 cells depolarized by the compound. In one of the
last four cells the depolarization was preceded by hyperpolarization (see
Fig. 33). Somatostatin hyperpolarized four cells tested.
3.1.4 Sulfated Versus Nonsulfated Form of CCKa
It has been reported that the Tyr-O-sulfate residue appears to be
essential for optimal physiological CCK-like activity in the gut (Walsh &
Grossman, 1975). The average characteristics of the depolarizations
produced by the same dose (2 pmole) of the sulfated and nonsulfated forms of
CCKa are compared in Table 2 and Fig. 10. CCKaNS produced significantly
(p<O.Ol) larger depolarizations, with longer durations and faster rates of
rise. As far as the effect on membrane Rin is concerned, the prominent effect
of the nonsulfated form was to reduce it in the majority (60%) of the cells
tested while the sulfated showed no change in 40% of the cells (Table 3).
Another interesting feature associated with the nonsulfated form was the
greater desensitization to its effect produced by a single application.
Indeed, it took most cells from ten to twenty minutes washing period after a
single application of CCKaNS compared to two to five minutes in the case of
CCKaS to reproduce their original responses. (vide infra for EDSO values for
the two forms).
97
3.2 Pharmacological Receptor(s)
3.2.1 Dose-Response Relationship
Since the depolarizing action of CCKS was dose-dependent, it was
intuitive to construct dose-response relationship from the sensitive
neurons. Data for dose-response curves for both sulfated (CCKS) and
nonsulfated (CCKS and CCK30- 33 ) forms were obtained from twelve cells from
12, 6, 4 preparations, respectively. A dose-response relationship for
CCKSNS obtained from a single neuron is shown in Figure l4a. A scatter plot
representing dose-response relationship for CCKSNS is shown in Fig. l4b.
Surprisingly, the average EDSO for nonsulfated (1.1 ~ 0.5 pmoles, n=9) was
less than that for the sulfated form (2.2 ~ U.4 pmoles, n=4). These were
significantly different from one another (p<O.OS) but they produced similar
maximum responses ranging from 7-10 mV. EDSO value for CCK30- 33 (l.4~0.2
pmole, n=6) did not significantly differ from the EDSO for CCKSNS; the maximum
response of CCK30- 33 , CCKSS and CCKSNS averaged S. 5 ~ 2.1 mV. In Figure 14a,
the dose-response relationship is saturable and of sigmoid shape, which are
features of a pharmacological receptor. In all cells tested, exogeneous
application of CCK enduced a slow, reversible, dose-dependent
depolarization. In addition, CCKSNS produced mixed change in Rin; the
peptide decreased Rin in 7 of the 12 cells and increased Rin in two cells. A
change in membrane resistance was not detected in the remaining cell during
depolarization evoked by CCKSNS. This latter cell with another two cells
from the former group showed very high and very low values of EDSO '
respectively, and, therefore, they were discarded in calculating the average
of the EDSO value.
Fig. 14. Dose-reponse relationship for the action of CCKSNS on neurons of guinea pig IMG.
(a) This is a dose response relationship for a representat1ve cell. Note the sigmoid shape and saturability features of a pharmacological receptor. The ED50 value for this cell is 1.6 + 0.5 pmoles.
(a)
z o -... c( N -II: c( .J o a. w Q . )( c(
100
75
50
:& u. o 25
~
10
Fig. 14. pig IMG.
.5 1 5 10
PI CO MOLES
Dose-response relationship for the action of CCKaNS on neurons of guinea \0 co
Fig. 14. Dose-response relationship for the action of CCK8NS on neurons of guinea pig IMG.
(b) Scatter plot representing dose-response relationship (as seen in the previous figure) for eleven cells. The relationship for the twelveth cell was out of scale.
(b)
120
II e
z laa 4 4 II 2 U 2 10 G II 2 10 f.t 110 0
II 211 II ... H • r- 90 4 • 5 a: • • 5 4
N Ba 2 H ~
.. 18 , a: 70 8 ,0 ~ 7
0 2 8 a.. II I • • I ,I S
60 W .. I 5 0 ,
50 4 • I II 8 I
X 7 • B I ID a: 4a L • 7 2
LL 3a I B
0
20 t .. 3
~ 5 a It 7
I a - 3 ., a - N (Y) 'It Ul to I\.wm- ru P1 'It UJ to I\. CD OJ (S)
• . . ....
PICO MOLES Fig. 14. Dose-response relationship for the action of CCKaNS on neurons of guinea pig UtG. \0
\0
100
3.2.2 Action of Other CCK-Related Peptides
Other molecular forms of the CCK-related peptides (See Fig. 49 for
their amino acid sequences) proved excitatory upon their exogeneous
application with pressure ejection on in vitro preparation of the guinea pig
IMG. They produced slow depolarizations that are comparable with those
produced by CCKS and CCK30- 33 • Figure 15 depicts their excitatory action and
similarity of responses exhibited by the neurons affected. All these
molecular forms have the C-terminal tetrapeptide sequence conserved in their
structure. The action of these peptides was reversible and dose-dependent
with comparable changes in Rin. All CCK-related peptides were tested at a
dose of 2 pmoles. Gastrin I (human) produced a depolarization of 7.0 .:!:,1.4 mV
(7 cells, 4 preparations). Desensitization by repeated application of
gastrin I (human) attenuated the depolarization produced by subsequent
ejection of CCKa (S or NS). CCK27- 33 produced a depolarization of 5 .1.:!:,1. 6
mV (3 cells, 2 preparation). CCK30- 33 produced a depolarization of 10.7 ~
4.7 mV (7 cells, 2 preparations). The amphibian peptide caerulein produced
depolarization that averaged 5.2.:.1.6 mV (3 cells, 2 preparations). These
data further suggest the presence of receptor( s) for one or more of the CCK
related peptide.
3.2.3 Desensitization
Like SP (Dun & Minota, 1981), CCKS induced tachyphlaxis. When
successive ejections of CCKS were not separated by more than ten minutes, the
amplitude of the depolarization declined and the changes in Rin observed in
the first response were also progressively reduced. In ten cells in which
Fig. 15. Excitatory actions of cholecystokinin-related peptides on neurons of guinea pig IMG.
All peptides (from A to D) applied by pressure ejection (arrows) elicit slow depolarization with concommitant intense firing of action potentials and changes in Rin.
101
A
Gastrin I (Human) J20mv 15 sec
B
Caerulein
C
t CCK (27-33)
o
CCK (30-33)
Fig. 15. Excitatory actions of cho1ecystokinin-related pep tides on neurons of guinea pig !MG.
102
two ejections of CCKa were separated by only 2 min, the average decrease in the
amplitude of the second depolarization was 44% ~ a%. This occurred even
though the membrane potentials were clamped back to the control membrane
potentials before successive ejections (Fig. 16). Although repeated
administration of CCKa produced gradually decrementing responses,
desensitization never eliminated the response.
To test the hypothesis that CCK functions as a neurotransmitter that
mediates the presynaptic repetitive stimulation-induced slow
depolarization, the amplitude of the slow depolarization evoked by
stimulation was measured before and after desensitization to CCK8•
Desensitization occurred if the stimulation was tried immediately after
applying CCKa by pressure ejection. If the duration between CCKa
application and stimulation exceeded 5 min, desensitization would not occur.
In 4 of a cells tested, pressure ejection of maximally effective doses of I
CCKaNS (5 to 10 pmoles) caused a reduction (32.5% ~ 9) of the amplitude of the
slow depolarization induced by repetitive stimulation (30 Hz, 6 s) of lumbar
colonic, lumbar splanchnic, intermesenteric and hypogastric nerves (Fig.
17) • In 2 out of a cells CCKaNS administration enhanced, rather than
depressed, the slow depolarization and increased, rather than decreased, the
excitability of the neuron. There was an average of 42% increase in the
amplitude of the depolarization (an example is seen in Fig. 18). The
increase rather than the decrease in excitability has been recognized as a
"warming up phenomenon" (Bloom, 1974; Brooks & Kelly, 19S5; Willetts ~ a1.,
1985). In two other cells, there was no change in the amplitude of the
stimulation-evoked slow depolarization after ejecting CCKSNS.
Fig. 16. CCKaNS-induced tachyphylaxis in an IMG neuron of guinea pig.
A. CCKSNS applied by pressure ejection (arrow) elicits slow depolarization associated with intense neuronal discharge and a decrease in input resistance. B. The response to repeated application of CCKSNS two minutes after the first application (A). Note the desensitized response (B) shows neither excitability nor obvious change in input resistance. Vm = -50 mV.
103
CCKa NS
.J 5 mV
B. 15 Sec
t Fig. 16.
CCKaNS-induced tachyphylaxis in an IMG neuron of guinea pig.
Fig. 17. Desensitizing action of CCK on the slow depolarization induced in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by repetitive stimulation.
Repetitive stimulation (30 Hz for the duration between small arrows) of lumbar colonic nerves produces slow depolarization (preceded by slow hyperpolarization) with initial decrease in input resistance (left trace). CCK applied by pressure ejection triggers slow depolarization with no obvious change in input resistance (above big arrow). Repeating stimulation produces depressed slow depolarization. Vm = -61 mV.
_flmnmlllllPllilllllhlll!lfllllllllllliillililllilillniinlililil Di~illIlI~ililliil ~ t ~
30HZ
LCN
1 CCK
mnnmIfmli~lIliimIlUlliifiliii\illlilI\IIII1I11I1Ui\i11l1li1lliiiiililillii\ll1l t 1
~15mv 20 sec
Fig. 17. Desensitizing action of CCK on the slow depolarization induced in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by repetitive stimulation.
..... o ~
Fig. 18. Enhancement of neural excitability in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by CCKS.
Repetitive stimulation (30 Hz for the duration indicated by the bar and small arrows) of lumbar colonic nerves induces a slow depolarization (preceded by slow hyperpolarization) associated with an increase in input resistance and few spikes (left trace). CCKS applied by pressure ejections (arrow) evokes slow depolarization (above the big arrow) accompanied by an increase in synaptic activity as evidenced by an increase in base line noise. The spikes are due to the effect of anodal brake. Repeating the repetitive stimulation again (right tract) results in continuous firing of action potentials superimposed on the slow depolarization for more than a 2 min duration. Note that many of these action potentials are caused by further enhancement of synpatic activity by CCKS through modulating postsynaptic nicotinic receptor for ACh or by triggering more Ach release from presynaptic terminals. This enhancement of the slow depolarization and excitability is viewed by some authors as a "warming up phenomenon" (see Willetts ~.!!!.., 19S5). Vm = - 66 mV.
U 30 Hz
Fig. IS.
CCK8
~ 8mY
20.ec u
Enhancement of neural excitability in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by CCKS·
..... o lJl
106
3.3 Mechanism of Action
3.3.1 Null Potential
To estimate the null potential of the depolarizations, the membrane
potentials were manually clamped at various depolarized and hyperpolarized
potentials from -30 to -120 mV and the amplitudes of the depolarizations
compared in 25 cells (19 preparations). The null potential was that membrane
potential at which CCK-induced depolarization was neutralized. It was
realized that the depolarization evoked by CCKS was shown to be sensitive to
hyperpolarizing and depolarizing changes in membrane potential evoked by the
intracellular injection of current. However, the linearity of these changes
proved to be limited to a narrow voltage range complicated by voltage
dependent changes in the membrane resistance. That was obvious when some
cells exhibited biphasic response to increasing voltages. Because it was
not possible in all cells to nullify the depolarizations in the range of
membrane potentials at which the cells could be current clamped, the values
for null potential had to be determined by extrapolation of the amplitude
versus potential plots.
The relationship of the CCK-induced depolarization amplitude to
membrane potential was dependent on whether the cell demonstrated a decrease
or an increase in Rin' In the cells that had a decrease in Rin (59% of cells
tested), the amplitude of the depolarization increased with conditioning
hyperpolarization and they had a null potential of -36.!. 9.3 (See Fig. 19 and
20). In cells that showed an increase in Rin (20% of cells tested), there was
a decrease in the amplitude of depolarization with hyperpolarization. In
these cells, the null potential averaged -103.!. 6 mV. In the remainder of the
Fig. 19. Effect of changing membrane potential on the amplitude of the slow depolarization induced by CCKS in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.
CCKS applied by pressure ejection (arrows) evokes slow depolarization associated with a decrease in input resistance. Note that hyperpolarizing the membrane results in an incremental response (larger amplitude) to CCKS• Vm = -57 mV.
-47mV
t CCKa
-57mV :!1\l!li'illlr.~r.!Th' ,.""I'·"'!:'!"',/li!,l,',:,n:r"!'.,':!:1Tn",iI!,rrrrr
t J20 mV
15 sec
-69mV wnmJf ,-~
t
-77mV
Fig. 19. Effect of changing membrane potential on the amplitude of the slow depolarization induced by CCKa in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.
107
Fig. 20. Relationship between amplitude of the CCKSNS potential (ordinate, depolarization upwards) and the membrane potential at which it is elicited (abscissa).
The null potential for this cell is indicated by the extrapolation to be -34mV. The cell is from guinea pig IMG with Vm = -50 mV.
-100 -50
MEMBRANE POTENTIAL (mV)
Fig. 20. Relationship between amplitude of the CCKaNS potential (ordinate, depolarization upwards) and the membrane potential at which it is elicited (abscissa).
20
10
loa
-> E -..J « I-Z W .... 0 Q..
rn Z
CO ~ (J (J
u. 0 w c ;:) I-..J Q..
~ «
109
cells tested (21%), there was no measurable changes in Rin associated with the
depolarizations. These cells seemed to be glial cells. In these cells, the
amplitude of the depolarizations showed very little change with
hyperpolarization, but could be nullified by hyperpolarization to -90.4.:.2.3
mV. Five cells that showed an increase in Rin exhibited biphasic response
upon hyperpolarization. Their amplitudes were first increased then
decreased with hyperpolarization. Their responses revealed two values of
null potential (-34.:. 2 and -110.:. 5 mV).
3.3.2 Changes in Cation Conductances
The membrane potential is determined by the permeability of cations.
By altering the permeability of one or more cations, neurotransmitters bring
about changes in membrane potential. In order to determine what cation is
involved, two pieces of information should be obtained. One of them is the
change in total membrane conductance (or change in Rin) , and the other is the
value of the null potential. The latter was determined in the previous
sec t ion. As for the changes in Rin , it was cons ide red under sec t ion 1.2. Mos t
important is that the decrease in input resistance was not a consequence of
membrane rectification since the effect is absent when the resting membrane
potential is elevated to the peak level of CCKS-evoked depolarization by
passing adequate depolarizing D.C. current. Similarly, this was the case
when CCKS caused an increase in Rin'
To determine what ion permeability might have been affected by the
CCKaNS to produce the depolarization, I evaluated the CCKSNS-induced
depolarizations in the presence of TTX and in Krebs I solutions with modified
ionic compositions. In the presence of TTX (3 llM), where sodium conductance
110
is nullified as indicated by the inability to evoke action potentials with
either direct or indirect stimulation, the depolarization induced by the
peptide was depressed slightly (23.4% ~ 12.6, 5 cells) indicating some
dependence on GNa (Fig. 21).
In separate experiments, the sodium concentration of the Krebs'
solution was lowered to 12 mM with sucrose replacement to maintain
osmolarity. After 10 min in reduced sodium Krebs, the amplitude of the CCKS-
induced depolarizations was reduced an average of 32% ~ 12% compared to
control (n=3). Similar results were obtained with experiments in which the
ganglion had been superfused with a low sodium solution with Tris-HCl
replacement to maintain osmolarity (Dun ~ al., 1978) (Fig. 22).
In a high potassium (18.8 mM) medium, the amplitude of the CCKS
depolarization was reduced by 60% ~ 3% (n=3). This reduction occurred even
though the membrane potential, which was decreased by superfusion of the
elevated potassium solution, was clamped to control level before the
application of the peptide. An example of this effect is shown in Fig. 23.
In all cases, the effects were reversible. These results suggest a
relationship of the CCK depolarization with the GK.
3.4 Site(s) of Action
3.4.1 CCK Antagonists
Few data on CCK receptor antagonists exist in the published
literature. Of these, the best documented are proglumide (DL-4-benzamine
N,N-dipropyl-glutaramic acid), a drug used in the short-term treatment of
gastric ulceration, and benzotript (N-(P-chlorobenzoyl)-L-tryptophan
Fig. 21. CCKSNS.
Effect of TTX on the slow depolarization induced in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by
CCKSNS applied by pressure ejection (arrows) triggers a slow depolarization associated with an initial decrease in input resistance and a later increase in input resistance with concommitant firing of burst action potentials (A). TTX applied by superfusion depresses the slow depolarization and blocks the characteristic pattern of input resistance change (seen in A) induced by CCKSNS. Vm = -44 mV.
A CONTROL
t CCKaNS
J20mV B TTX (10 ).1M)
16 •• 0
,1II1ii11l 111 I m 1 m I r IIl11m Ii 1111111 rnll1l1"hi'III"n"lihIil111l1~ 11111111 I Ii lim lit
t Fig. 21. pig IMG.
Effect of TTX on the slow depolarization induced in a neuron of guinea I-' I-' I-'
Fig. 22. Effect of lowering extracellular sodium concentration on the CCK8NS-induced slow depolarization in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.
CCKSNS applied by pressure ejection (arrows) evokes a slow depolarization associated with an initial decrease in R.in (A). Note the increase in synaptic activity at the peak of depolarizat10n. Bathing the preparation in a medium of tenfold less [Na+] depresses the amplitude of the slow depolarization. Sodium ions were replaced with an isomolar amount of either sucrose or Tris-(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane (see Methods section). Vm=-58 mV.
A CONTROL
112
\' ill t r I A Ii ill Ii" Ii II iii IIflliil1ll Ii"" Ii" ""filii n![j III"" ",It rllli III Til I
t CCKaNS
J20mv 15 sec
8 Na'" (11.85 mM)
iTTT1lliliilmli"I~lmllliiflmnlllfllnlliilillllnlnnlllnlrmlllnl11111111111
t Fig. 22. Effect of lowering extracellular sodium concentration on the CCKaNS-induced slow depolarization in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.
Fig. 23. Effect of raising extracellular potassium concentration on the slow depolarization induced in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by CCK8 •
CCK8 applied 'by pressure ejection (small arrows) elicits slow depolarization such as shown in A. B. raising [K+] five folds blocks the slow depolarization induced by CCK8 • High potassium medium caused 20 mV depolarization (from -52 to -32 mV), but the trace was recorded after manually clamping the membrane potential back to -52 C. After a 15 min period of washing with regular Krebs solution, CCK8 elicits its characteristic response shown in A. In A and C, the slow depolarization is associated with spiking activities due to evoked synaptic potentials, anodal brake, or neuronal discharge. The big arrows indicate the order of the experimental steps. Vm = -52 mV.
A. CONTROL
B. HIGH K+ 23.5 mM
CCKa I ~dnlil~i~iMoli~l~m~I~~«i~i~lt~imi~~m~i/mm~_ill~M
C. RECOVERY 15 min
I
113
J20mv 15 sec
Fig. 23. Effect of raising extracellular potassium concentration on the slow depolarization induced in a neuron of guinea pig IMG hy CCKs·
114
(Hahne ~ al., 1981). Both prog1umide and benzotript competitively inhibit
pancreatic CCk receptor binding and CCK-stimulated amylase release (Hahne ~
.!!..:..' 1981), antagonize CCK stimulation of isolated smooth muscle (Collins &
Gardner, 1982) and inhibit acid output from isolated gastric parietal cells
(Magous & Bali, 1983). Proglumide acts as an antagonist for CCK receptors in
the pancreas (Hahne ~ a1., 1981) and rat midbrain dopaminergic neurons, as
well as in the dopamine-sensitive prefrontal cortical cells (Chiodo & Bunney,
1983). The inhibitory action of proglumide as a specific CCK receptor
antagonist in vivo has been documented by several laboratories (Hahne, ~
a1., 1981; Chiodo & Bunney, 1983; Collins ~ a1., 19B3). The result of the
present studies, however, showed that thes~ compounds proved ineffective in
antagonizing the excitatory action of CCK8 on the neurons of guinea pig IMG.
They did not block either the presynaptic repetitive stimulation or colon
distension-stimulated slow depolarization. Both proglumide and benzotript
(30 llM) were tried in 8 cells of 8 preparations with the same negative
results.
BU2 cyclic GMP has also been shown to have CCK antagonist actions in
some tissues (Peikin ~ al., 1979). In IMG preparations superfusion of
ganglia with 0.1 mM BU2 cyclic GMP reduced the amplitude of CCKa-induced
depolarizations by 39 .:!:. 10%; however, the amplitude of fast cholinergic
EPSP I S was also reduced suggesting a nonspecific effect. An example of the
effect of BU2 cyclic GMP on the slow depolarization stimulated by the
exogeneous application of CCKaS is shown in Fig. 24. Although bath
administration of BU2 cGMP (100 J.lM for 15 min) significantly blocked the CCK
induced excitation in a relatively (15 min) rapid manner, the reversibility
of the compound is questionable. Thus, it took the cell more than one hour to
Fig. 24. Action of BU2 cGMP on the CCKaS-induced slow depolarization in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.
CCKaS applied by pressure ejection (upright arrows) causes slow depolarization accompanied by firing of action potentials (upper trace). Superfusion of BU2 cGMP blocks the slow depolarization (middle trace). Recovery does not occur before 80 min period of washing with regular Krebs solution (bottom trace).
115
~II~~I ~ I...
1 CCKaS BU2cGMP 5 PSI (0.1 mM)
J20mv 50 msec 15 min
15 sec
- r--- ----
1 I WASHING 80 min
t Fig. 24. Action of BU2 cGMP on the CCKsS-induced slow depolar-ization in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.
116
recover and give a response comparab le with the control response. In
addition, a more extensive testing of the specificity of action of BU2 cGMP is
needed. The experiment was repeated three times using three preparations
with the same results.
3.4.2 Pre- and Postsynpatic Sites of CCK Action
To determine whether CCK peptides act directly on the postsynaptic
receptors or indirectly by releasing other peptides or neurotransmitters,
the regular Krebs' solution was replaced with high Mg2+ (12 roM), low Ca2+
(0.25 mM) solution. The response to CCK8 was not changed (5 cells, 3
preparations), although both fast and slow responses to presynaptic nerve
stimulation were blocked. Fig. 25 shows the persistance of CCK8-induced
depolarization in a medium of low Ca2+.
There was an addit ional presynaptic effect for CCKS• CCK is known
to cause an accumulation of intracellular Ca2+ (Peggion ~.!!.:., 1983), which
might explain the additional action of CCl< as a releaser for ACh in myenteric
plexus (Yau~ a1., 1974). In addition, as shown by the present results, CCK
increased GNa • Increasing GNa would enhance the amount of depolarization
near the axonal nerve endings and that may result in increased transmitter
release. In this regard, TTX (3pM) which blocked presynaptic repetitive
stimulation-induced slow depolarization, partially inhibited (23.4% .:!:.
12.6%, 5 cells) CCKS-stimulated slow depolarization (Fig. 26). It is
possible that CCK8 releases a neurotransmitter from some nerve terminals as a
part of its action. When the ganglion preparation was perfused with a low
Ca2+/high Mg2+ Krebs' solution or with a TTX-containing medium in order to
reduce or eliminate synaptic activity, the depolarization was still
Fig. 25. Effect of lowering extracellular calcium on the slow depolarization induced by CCKa in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.
CCKe applied by pressure ejection (arrows) evokes slow depolarization accompanied by firing of act10n potentials and some decrease in input resistance (A). Note that there are some synaptic events, before apf,lying CCKS ' which may reveal~ some Ach release from a previous application of CCK8 • B. Lowering lCa +] tenfolds and raising Mg2 tenfolds to keep osmolarity constant abolishes the cholinergic fast events leaving behind the slow depolarization induced by CCK8 • This indicates the direct postsynaptic action of CCK8 and the release of ACh as an additional action of CCK8 . Vm = -66 mV.
A CONTROL
B Mg2+(12mM)
Ca 2+(O.25 mM)
t CCKa
CCKa
Jamv 16 aec
Fig. 25. Effect of lowering extracellular calcium on the slow depolarization induced by CCKS in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.
..... ..... "
Fig. 26. Effect of TTX on both the presynaptic repetitive stimulation- and CCKS-induced slow depolarization in a neuron of guinea pig !MG.
Repetitive stimulation (30 Hz, for the duration between the arrows in the upper left trace) of lumbar colonic nerves (LCN) produces slow depolarization which is eliminated by the bath application of TTX (upper right trace). CCKS applied by pressure ejection (vertical arrows) triggers slow depolarization accompanied with firing of action potentials (lower left trace). Bath application with TTX eliminates the neuronal action potentials and depresses the underlining slow depolarization.
t I 30Hz LeN
CCKa
TTX 3 JIM
~ -
t I
...J12 mV
20S8C
TTX 311M ~.. --- .. I
..J 16mV
20a8C
-
Fig. 26. Effect of TTX on both the presynaptic repetitive stimulation- and CCKa-induced slow depolar-ization in a neuron of guinea pig ING.
I-' I-' 00
119
observed, although its level and duration were reduced 23.4% + 12.6% and 16 +
5.4%, respectively, by TTX treatment. This finding suggested the
possibility that the depolarization was brought about by both presynaptic and
postsynaptic actions of CCKS• Alternatively, it is possible that Ca2+
conductance (GCa) may have contributed to the depolarizing phase of the CCK8
response, either through its mediation of synaptic transmission or through
the direct effect as a charge carrier for inward current. These studies were
done in 10 neurons (6 preparations).
3.5 Correlation Between the Effects ~ Substance! and CCKS
There is evidence for a co-existence of CCK- and substance P-like
immunoreactivities in a subpopulation of small primary sensory neurons and
fibers in the dorsal horn of the spinal cord (Skirboll ~ al., 1982; Mantyh &
Hunt, 1984). Since the functional significance to IMG-colon reflex of this
finding is unknown at present, the membrane actions of CCK8 and substance P
were compared on the same neurons of guinea pig IMG.
With only 1 pmole substance P or substance K (see Fig. 50 for their
amino acid sequence) applied by pressure ejection, a slow depolarization
concomittment with intense neuronal discharge and associated with a decrease
in membrane input resistance was produced (Fig. 27). Since both substance P
and CCKS depolarized the membrane of IMG neurons (See Konishi ~ al., 1979;
Minota ~ al., 1981; Tsunoo ~ al., 1982, see latter for substance p),
possible interaction with a common or separate receptors was considered. In
the absence of specific CCK receptor antagonists, and in order to get more
information about the possible interaction between CCK8 and SP at the SP
Fig. 27. Excitatory action of some tachykinin on neurons of guinea pig IMG.
Peptides applied by pressure ejection (arrows) evoked slow depolarization with rapid onset and concommitant intense neuronal discharge. Note that the amplitude of the action potentials are attenuated by pen recorder. Note also the initial decrease in input resistance in both traces.
J20mv 15 lee
1 Substance K
1 Substance P
Fig. 27. Excitatory action of some tachykinin on neurons of guinea pig IMG. I-' N o
121
receptor sites, the effect of spantide, (D-Arg1, D-Pr02, D-Trp7,9, Leu11 )
SP, an analogue of SP having antagonist properties (Urban & Randic, 1984;
Konishi & Otsuka, 19B5), on the SP- and CCKB-evoked depolarizations of the IMG
neurons was investigated. It was found that superfusion of substance P
analogue by itself produced no changes in membrane potential or conductance
of IMG neurons, but it did almost completely abolish the depolarizing
response to SP in 70% of cells (n=25). The depressant effect of the SP
analogue outlasted the application but was reversible. By contrast, the
depolarizing effect of CCKB was not affected by the SP analogue in the five
cells (three preparations) examined. An example of the selective blocking
action of (D-Arg l , D-Pr02, D-Trp7,9, Leu ll )- SP is illustrated in Fig. 2B.
The interaction between SP and CCKB at common or separate receptor
sites was further examined by probing any cross desensitization between the
two peptides. The amplitude of the slow depolarization evoked by CCKS in
neurons (5 neurons in 2 preparations) of guinea pig IMG was compared before
and after rendering the neurons desensitized to substance P 0.5 pmole) by its
continuous application from pressure ejection pipette. Decremental
responses of SP-induced depolarization occurred if two successive
applications of SP were separated by a period of less than 5 min. In the
present experiments, SP was applied everyone minute to accelerate the
inducation of desensitized response. The tenth application of SP produced
sufficient desensitization (Fig. 29-B). It was found that while obtaining a
progressively decremental response to SP (amplitude reduced 67% + 6.3 and
duration reduced to 20%.!. B. 2), the amplitude of CCKa-evoked response remain
virtually unchanged. An example of such an experiment is portrayed in Fig.
29. Note that CCKaNS increased both the frequency and amplit'ude of fast
· 1 2 7 9 11 ) ( -5 F1g. 28. The effects of (U-Arg , D-Pro , U-Trp , ,Leu -SP 2 X 10 M) on the responses of IMG neuron of guinea pig to SP and CCKSNS.
The upper traces represent control responses for SP (left column) and CCK8NS (right column); the lower traces show SP and CCK8NS (left and right columns, respectivelYd responses obtained 3 min after the onset of a 2 min superfusions with (D-Argl , D-Pr02 , D-Trp7, , Leull)-Sp: Note that the SP analogue almost completely abolished the depolarizing response to SP leaving the CCK8NSdepolarizing response unaffected. Vm = -56 mV~
J'MV iMIIIIII"'IIlI'""IIIIIIIIIIIKI~I/"IIfMI~ffttIIlIIlIIUIIIINII~ t15 •• 0
, CCKaNa
_(D-ArCl1.D-prO~D-Trp7.G.L'U11) IP 2 X10-a M -~M-'l1J1111ft11Mt.MtI'I,*n~I,"1~"'I.lkl~I~lt~il'. ,,*1MftI.lll1t+*,nlNt'IIIIVlllllnNtllkll'lwtlft"lnHIWifMlIlIlIrttIt
t 7 9 11 -5 Fig. 28. The effects of(D-Argl, D-Trp , ,Leu )-SP(2XI0 M) on the responses of
IMG neuron of guinea pig to SP and CCK8NS.
I-' N N
Fig. 29. guinea pig IMG.
Interaction of CCKaNS and substance P (SP) on a neuron of
A. CCKaNS applied by pressure ejection (arrow) from one micropipette (5 II m tip diameter) elicits slow depolarization associated with an initial decrease followed by an increase in input resistance. Note the surge of evoked fast EPSP IS 15 min after CCKaNS application which might have triggered Ach release from synaptic terminals. B. SP, similarly applied (arrow) from a second micropipette (20 llm tip diameter), triggers slow depolarization associated with an intense neuronal discharge (left trace). After five repeated applications of SP, the response to SP is desensitized (right trace). The membrane potential was manually clamped throughout at -53 mV. C. CCKaNS, similarly applied from the first pipette immediately after the recording of the desensitized response to SP (B, right trace), evokes slow depolarization similar to the one shown in A. Vm = -61 mV.
123
A.
t CCKaNS
.J 5 mV
15 sec B.
t Substance P
c.
t CCKaNS
Fig. 29. Interaction of CCKSNS and substance P (SP) on a neuron of guinea pig !MG.
124
EPSP's (Fig. 2S) seen at the peak and decay phase of the slow depolarization.
CCKS also was shown to increase both the amplitude and frequency of the
continuous synaptic, cholinergic input from the colon (Fig. 31). This
effect of CCKSNS seems to be due to pre- and postsynaptic action of the
peptide. SP did not possess the same effect. It has been evident that CCKa
releases Ach from presynaptic terminals from the myenteric plexus (Yau ~
al., 1974). Also, CCK30- 33 evoked release of ACh with or without the release
of another peptide indicating presynaptic effect, as seen in Fig. 30.
3.5.1 Correlation Between the Effect of VIP and CCKS
VIP-like immunoreactive substance has been localized in the
intramural ganglia of the colon and projecting on the IL\fG neurons of guinea
pig and in cell bodies intrinsic to IMG (Dalsgaard ~ al., 1983). VIP (2
pmoles) applied by pressure ejection caused comparable slow depolarization
(12.!. 3.1 mV, 120 .!.14 sec) that was associated with intense neuronal discharge
and a decrease in input resistance as shown in Fig. 32. The amino acid
sequence of VIP is shown in Fig. 50.
possible interaction between CCKa and VIP at common or separate
receptor sites was investigated (in 4 neurons, three preparations) by
conducting cross desensitization studies. The amplitude of the slow
depolarization evoked by CCKS in a neuron of guinea pig IMG was compared
before and after rendering the neurons desensitized to VIP by its continuous
administration. Decremental responses (65.3%.!.5 reduction in amplitude and
S2. 7%.!. 9.4 reduction in duration) of VIP-induced depolarizations occurred if
two successive applications of VIP were separated by a period of less than 5
min. In the present experiments, VIP was applied everyone minute to
Fig. 30. Action of CCK30-33 applied by pressure ejection on a neuron of guinea pig IMG.
Slow depolarization ensues after the application of CCK30- 33 (arrow). The slow depolarization is associated with a decrease in Rill and is followed by another long lasting slow depolarization with enhanced synpatic activity. Th1s phenomenon implies possible evoked cholinergic and peptidergic release by CCK30- 33 •
CCK(30-33) J.omv 15 sec
Fig. 30. Action of CCK30_33 applied by pressure ejection on a neuron of guinea pig IMG.
I-' N lJ1
Fig. 31. Effect of CCK8 on the continuous synaptic activity observed in the colon-IMG preparation of guinea pig.
CCK8 applied by pressure ejection (arrow) elicits a slow depolarization (C). In this cell CCK8 caused an increase in Rin (indicated by the downward deflections which are responses to hyperpolarizing current pulses of 0.3 nA and 100 msec duration). A and B are insets which represent in the amplitude and frequence before (A) and after (B) applying CCK8 • Before (A) CCK8 , colon cholinergic inputs generate asynchoronous continuous activity which undergo an increase in both the amplitude and frequency after (B) CCK8 • The increase in frequency reveals the presynaptic action while the increase in amplitude reflects the postsynaptic action of CCK8 • Vm = -61 mV.
A
----------~----~-----~
CONTROL
c
B
CCKs
AFTER CCK
~5mV 60 msec
Fig. 31. Effect of CCKS on the continuous synaptic activity observed in the co10n-IMG preparation of guinea pig.
I-' tv Ci'\
Fig. 32. Excitatory action of VIP on a neuron of guinea pig IMG.
VIP applied by pressure ejection elicits slow depolarization with intense burst of firing of action potentials. Note that the slow depolarization is preceded by a brief, slow hyperpolarization. At the beginning of the trace, anodal brake causes firing of action potentials. Action potential amplitudes were attenuated by the pen recorder. The downward deflections (anelectrotonic potentials) was stopped at the beginning of the last minute of the trace.
tVIP (10-4 M)
Fig. 32. Excitatory action of VIP on a neuron of guinea pig IMG.
J20mv 15s8C
...... N .....
128
accelerate the induction of the desensitizated response. The tenth
application of VIP produced sufficient desensitization (Fig. 33-B). It was
found that while obtaining a progressively decrement response to VIP, the
amplitude of CCK8-evoked response remained virtually intact as before (7.5
mV) if not increased (9 mV). An example of such study is shown in Fig. 33.
3.5.2 CCK8-Induced Tachyphylaxis of Colon Distension Response
A cholinergic mechanosensory pathway to the IMG from the colon of
guinea pig has been described (Crowcroft ~ al., 1971a and 1971b; Szurszewski
& Weems, 1976; Weems & Szurszewski, 1977; Kreulen & Szurszewski, 1979a and
1979b). Activation of this pathway by distension of the colon results in an
increase in the frequency and amplitude of cholinergic fast EPSPs in ganglion
neurons. A noncholinergic sensory pathway that projects from the distal
colon to IMG of guinea pig has been reported (Peters & Kreulen, 1986; Kreulen &
Peters, 1986). It is not known if CCK is a neurotransmitter that mediates the
noncholinergic slow depolarization elicited by the distension of the colon.
If CCK8 or a related peptide can desensitize the response (the
noncholinergic, slow depolarization), it may well be the neurotransmitter
mediating the response. Therefore, it was reasonable to investigate the
desensitizing action of CCK8 on neurons in IMG responding to colon
distension.
When distending the colon (with 20 cm H20 pressure), there was a
slowly developing depolarization (Fig. l3-A) associated with an increase in
the synaptic activity that gave rise to superimposed action potential and
with decrease in Rin. When releasing the pressure, there was a restoration
of the resting conditions in confirmation to previous results (Kreulen &
Fig. 33. Interaction of CCKSNS and VIP on an IMG neuron of guinea pig.
A. CCKSNS applied by pressure ejection (arrow) from one micropipette (5 llm tip diameter) elicits slow depolarization associated with a decrease in input resistance. Note that the synaptic activity shown at the beginning of the trace are cholinergic input from the colon. B. VIP, similarly applied (arrow) from a second micropipette (20 llm tip diameter) triggers slow depolarization associated with a neuronal discharge (left trace). After five repeated applications of VIP, the response to VIP is desensitized (right trace). The membrane potential was manually clamped throughout at -55 mV. C. CCKSNS, similarly applied from the first pipette immediately after the recording of the desensitized response to VIP (B, right trace), evokes slow depolarization even larger than the one shown in A. Vm = -55 mV.
129
A.
t CCK aNS
.Js mV
B. 15 sec
t VIP
c.
iCCKaNS
Fig. 33. Interaction of CCKSNS and VIP on an niG neuron of guinea pig.
130
Peters, 1986). The response was abolished by superfusing colon compartment
with Kreb's solution containing TTX 00 llM) (Kreulen & Peters, 1986) as shown
in Fig. 34. Inhibition of colon distension-induced depolarization is
indicative to the neuronal origin of the synaptic inputs from the colon to the
IMG neurons. That the colon distension-induced slow depolarization
involves release of some chemical substance in the synaptic clefts in the IMG
can be demonstrated by superfusing the ganglion compartment with a high Mg2+
(12 mM)/low Ca2+ (0.25 roM) solution. This solution abolished the response
within 5 min as can be seen in Fig. 35. Upon switching to regular Kreb's
solution, the effects produced by the various treatments were reversed.
There is no commercial specific antagonists for CCKa-induced slow
depolarization. However, analogous to the induction of antagonism to CCK8
action is the induction of CCK8 desensitization. Therefore, producing
desensitization by CCKS of colon distension-evoked slow depolarization in
the neurons of guinea-pig IMG was utilized. Immediately after producing
CCKS-evoked slow depolarization, increasing the intramural pressure of the
colon by distension did not trigger a slow depolarization comparable with the
control conditions. Desensitization occurred in 12 cells out of 25 neurons
tested (50%), which led to 75% ~ 10 reduction in the amplitude and 52% ~ 8
decrement in the duration of colon distension-induced slow depolarization.
Often, distension of the colon produced both an increase in
cholinergic fast EPSPs and a slow depolarization, suggesting a simultaneous
action of two different neurotransmitters on a single ganglion cell.
Interestingly, the cells that were desensitized, by exogeneous application
of CCK8 , of responding to colon distension showed more aspects of the
desensitization. The desensitization of the colon-induced slow
Fig. 34. TTX blocks the response triggered by colon distension in a neuron of guinea pig lllG.
A and B lower traces are the colonic intraluminal pressure pulses. Each is equivalent to 20 em of water. The pulse is used to distend the colon. It induces at its onset an immediate increase in cholinergic asynchoronous activity, that frequently gives rise to action potentials superimposed on a slowly developing depolarization (A, upper trace). At the offset of the pulse the restoration of the resting state ensues. This characteristic response can be eliminated by bathing the colon in its compartment with a medium containing TTX as shown in B.
Fig. 34.
A.CONTROL
20 em H20J L B. TTX (10 pM)
JU_- L
~5mv 15 aec
TTX blocks the response triggered by colon distension in a neuron of guinea pig IMG. .... w ....
Fig. 35. Colon distension triggers release of a substance that mediates the slowly developing depolarization recorded in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.
A and B lower traces are the colonic intraluminal pressure pulses. Each is equivalent to 20 em of water. The pulse is used to distend the colon. It induces at its onset an immediate increase in cholinergic asynchoronous activity that frequently gives rise to action potential superimposed on a slowly developing depolarization above the dashed line (A, upper trace). At the offset of the pulse the restoration of the resting state ensues. This characteristic response can be eliminated by bathing the colon ganglion preparation in a medium of high Mg2+ /low Ca2+ as shown in B. Vm = -55 mV.
A. CONTROL
20cm H20 J
B. HIGH Mg2 + (12 mM)
LOW Ca 2 + (0.25 mM)
L ...J5 mY
15 •• c
lTlIIl1IJllTIllll1lTlTlTllllllumlilliiiiliilliinlillnlhlilllWnllPhlllllllillllllllliillliiiiiillllllihllhhiinriTITTIIUllllllllllllnnlhlllllll1l
J- L Fig. 35. Colon distension triggers release of a substance that mediates the slowly developing depolarization recorded in a neuron of guinea pig IMG.
..... W N
133
depolarization occurred either to the noncholinergic component only (see
Figs. 36, 37, and 38) or to both cholinergic and noncholinergic components
(Fig. 37). The tachyphylactic response of the cholinergic component could
be explained by the observation that CCKS releases ACh from nerve terminals, as
shown in the myenteric plexus (Yau.!.E. a1., 1974). Continued effects of ACh on
the postsynaptic membrane leads to tachyphylaxis of the cholinergic response
(Katz & Thesleff, 1957). Therefore, the desensitization in both cases is
basically to the noncholinergic slow depolarization. This was evident by
eliminating the cholinergic component with atropine (0.5 to 1 nM) and
hexamethonium (50-100 llM) leaving the noncholinergic depolarization undergo
tachyphylaxis upon administering CCKSNS (Fig. 36). CCKSNS-induced
tachyphylaxis of colon distension response occurred to the noncholinergic
component only in 36% (9 out of 25 cells), and to both cholinergic and
noncholinergic components in 12% (3 out of 25) of the cell tested. The
remaining 13 cells consisted of 9 cells showing no signs of desensitization
and 4 cells revealing desensitization only after applying more than one dose
of CCK8NS.
3.5.3 Electrophysiological Characterization of Rabbit IMG
3.5.3.1 Anatomy. The inferior mesenteric ganglion of the rabbit
lies where the inferior mesenteric artery (IMA) merges with the abdominal
aorta. Generally, the ganglion is composed of two lobes. One large lobe
the main lobe - nests cranial to IMA and one smaller lobe usually rests
caudally to IMA. Even though, the lobes seem symmetrical on both sides of the
animal, they are not paired. The two lobes, however, are interconnected with
branches embracing the IMA. The classical preganglionic nerve is lumbar
Fig. 36. Desensitizing action of CCKSNS to the slow depolarization (the noncholinergic component) elicited in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by colon distension.
A and B lower traces are the colonic intraluminal pressure pulse. Each pulse is equivalent to 20 em of water. The pulse is used to distend the colon, It induces at its onset an immediate increase in cholinergic asynchoronous activity that frequently gives rise to action potentials superimposed on a slowly developing depolarization (A, upper trace). At the offset of the pulse the restoration of the resting state ensues. Itmnediately after pressure-ejected CCKSNS (inset), the pulse used to distend the colon no longer elicits slowly developing depolarization (B, upper trace). Note that CCKaNS-induced desensitization occurred to the slowly developing depolarization (noncholinergic component). The residual cholinergic bursts of action potentials seen in B, upper trace could be due to evoked cholinergic release by CCKaNS. Vm = -47 mV.
134
A.
Jsmv 15 sec
Fig. 36. Desensitizing action of CCKSNS to the slow depolarization (the noncho1inergic component) elicited in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by colon distension.
Fig. 37. Desensitizing action of CCKSNS to the slow depolarization (both the cholinergic and noncholinergic components) elicited in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by colon distension.
Left and right lower traces are the colonic intramural pressure pulses. Each is equivalent to 20 cm of water. The pulse is used to distend the colon. It induces at its onset an immediate increase in cholinergic asynchoronous activity that frequently gives rise to action potentials superimposed on a slowly developing depolarization (left, upper trace). At the offset of the pulse the restoration of the resting state ensues. Immediately after pressure-ejected CCKSNS (inset), the pulse used to distend the colon no longer elicits slowly developing depolarization (right, upper trace). Note that CCKSNS-induced desensitization occurred to both the slowly developing depolarization and the cholinergic synaptic events. The latter may occur due to desensitizing effect of Ach released by CCKSNS. Vm = -53 mV.
J I L_
20 ell} 1120
Pr ... ure Ejected CCKa
",., , b 'J 24 sec
t --15 mY
15 eec
!'!!i\3!fr.l~~~'ilft!'II!IlrIlMffllI.i'ijr • I IJIlJIInlJll P' Un! iiri!ff.
s L
Fig. 37. Desensitizing action of CCKaNS to the slow depolarization (both the cholinergic and noncholinergic components) elicited in a neuron of guinea pig IMG by colon distension.
t-" W lJ1
Fig. 38. Desensitizing action of CCK8NS to the slow depolarization (the noncholinergic component) elicited in a neuron of guinea pig IMG in the presence of cholinergic antagonists.
A, Band C lower traces are the colonic intraluminal pressure pulse. Each pulse is equivalent to 20 em of water. The pulse is used to distend the colon, it induces at its onset an immediate increase in cholinergic asynchoronous activity that frequently gives rise to action potentials superimposed on a slowly developing depolarization (A, upper trace). At the offset of the pulse the restoration of the resting state ensures. A mixture of atropine and hexamethonium abolished the cholinergic fast events leaving behind the noncholinergic componet of the slowly developing depolarization above the dased line as shown in B, upper trace. After pressure-ejection of CCK8NS, the pulse used to distend the colon no longer elicits slowly developing depolarization (C, upper trace). Note that CCK8NS-induced desensitization has occurred only to the noncholinergic component. Note also that the mixture of cholinergic antagonist is still present in C. Vm = -46 mV.
A.
20 em H 20 I
B. Atropine 1 nM I Hexamethonium 50 pM
c.
L
L
~5mv 15 lee
Fig. 38. Desensitizing action of CCKaNS to the slow depolariza-tion (the noncholinergic component) elicited in a neuron of guinea pig IMG in the presence of cholinergic antagonists.
136
137
splanchnic nerve (LSN). Its branches connect the ganglion with the
sympathetic chain by running ventrally on the chain to both lobes. From the
caudal pole of the smaller lobe stems the hypogastric nerve. A nerve and some
fibers originating from the cranial pole (going craniodorsally) and the
ventral side (going cranioventrally) of the main lobe, merge toward the
ascending mesentery to form the intermesenteric nerve (IMN). The 1MN
connects the IMG with its cranially neighboring ganglia (celiac and superior
mesenteric). Caution was taken when removing parts of the vena cava, other
connective tissue, and fat layers for fear of cutting fibers belonging to 1M,
LS, and HG nerves running along these parts. Some fibers run dorsally from
the colon between branches of IMA and inferior mesenteric vein (1MV) to the
ventral sides of the lobes, and making branches of the lumbar colonic nerve
(LCN). LCN branches are located at the neck of the blood vessel tree where
both IMA and IMV bend.
A diagrammatic representation of rabbit IMG with its associated
nerve trunks is shown in Fig. 2. Earlier anatomical description of the
ganglia was presented by Brown and Pascoe (1952). The anatomical
terminology of Kreulen (1982b) was kept throughout the description.
3.5.3.2 Electrical Properties of Neurons in Rabbit IMG. With the
experimental increase in the number of studies on the effects of CCK on
behavior, it has become clear that marked species differences in
responsiveness exist. For example, evidence for differing responses to the
inhibition of feeding by CCK in a number of different species has been
presented (Morley ~ al., 1985). The situation of variability among species
in response to CCK can be explained by different mechanism of action. In this
regard, CCK appears to produce its reduction of food intake through
138
peripheral mechanism in some species and through a central site of action in
others (Morley ~ a1., 1985).·
In the present studies, it is relevant to investigate comparative
action of CCK8 on IMG of another mammalian species. The reason is there are
considerable variabilities in the morphological organization, type of cells,
mode of transmissions among homologous ganglia of different species. The
differences between IMG of cat, dog, rat and guinea pig were presented in the
Introduction. Therefore, it was beneficial to test the action of CCK8 and
related peptide on rabbit IMG cells. The rabbit IMG has not been studied yet.
The membrane passive and active properties of neurons impaled in all
preparations (280 neurons in 70 preparations) are summarized in Table 4 and 5.
There were no systematic differences among neurons in various lobes of the
ganglion. From Table 4 and 5, one can see large coefficient of variance
values among the data obtained for threshold, 'time constant 7T, Rin , and
Rheobase. This could be due to several groups of cells showing different
excitabilities (vide infra). The data, however, showed that the IMG of the
rabbit have some properties similar to these ganglia in other species. In
addition, the data were in agreement to previous findings done on the rabbit
IMG (Kreulen, 1982b; Simmons, 1985). The action potential in the rabbit IMG
cells was studied following either direct intracellular stimulation with
short cathodal pulses, antidromic stimulation or orthodromic stimulation.
Hyperpolarizing pulses injected in the soma were used to identify the
antidromic or orthodromic response. These pulses eliminate the former and
reveal synaptic potential from the latter. Also, the shape of the response
could help identify the antidromic or the orthodromic action potential.
However, the properties of the direct, antidromic and synaptic spikes were
139
TABLE 4
Membrane Passive Electrical Properties in Response to Intracellular Current Flow in
Rabbit IMG Neurons.
RMP
(mV)
-53.7 + 8.2
(50)b
35 - 75c
23.7 + 34*
(20)
8 - 80
(msec)
10 + 3.8
(20)
5.4 - 19
Rheobase
(nA)
0.31 + 0.36*
(20)
0.05 - 1.4
a: time constant of the decay of local depolarization: time elapsed before the
potential reaches 63% of its peak amplitude.
b: number of cells tested.
c: range
*: number is discussed in the text.
140
TABLE 5
Membrane Active Electrical Properties to Direct Stimulation of Neurons in Rabbit
IMG.
Threshold
(mV)
16.8 + 9.3*
(23)a
5 - 2Sb
ACTION POTENTIAL
Amplitude
(mV)
90 + 23.5
(68)
60 - 120
a: number of cells tested
b: range
Duration
(msec)
9.8 + 2.6
(57)
5 - 15
* number is discussed in the text.
AFTER HYPERPOLARIZATION
Amplitude
(mV)
12.4 + 3
(64)
5 - 20
Duration
(msec)
147.2 + 28.1
(64)
100 - 200
141
not significantly different.
3.5.3.3 Types of Cells. Generally, most cells in rabbit IMG showed
pulse-intensity- and pulse-duration-dependent response. The mean
amplitude and duration of action potential and after hyperpolarization are
shown in Table 5. They are similar to those reported in other prevertebral
ganglia of several species (Kreulen & Szurszewski, 1979a; Simmons, 1985).
Cells also responded differently to direct stimulation. The number and/or
frequency of action potential spikes in response to constant depolarizating,
200 ms-current pulse varies between cells. Some neurons fired action
potentials for the duration of the depolarizing current, but most neurons
fired one or two action potentials only at the onset of the depolarizing
pulse. The former and the latter patterns of responses were termed tonic and
phasic responses respectively (Szurszewski, 1981). However, it is not known
whether this phenomenon is due to two types of neurons or one neuron
exhibiting different states of response under particular circumstances. A
phasic or a tonic response could not be correlated with the location of a
neuron in the ganglion. Tonic responses were associated with lower resting
membrane potentials and higher input resistance, indicating higher resting
conductance. Twenty percent of cells (24 out of 117 cells) fired tonically
and the remainder (93 cells) fired phasically.
Apparent resting membrane potential did not reveal the cell type.
The resting membrane potentials ranged from 35 to 65 mV averaging -50 mV and
reflecting high resting conductances. Upon impalement, all neurons did not
reach immediately their steady state resting membrane potentials. Some
cells, however, expressed higher resting potential than 85 mV (up to 85 mV) .
In these cases, direct stimulation of the cell did not elicit an action
142
potential. Furthermore, these cells showed low input resistance and seemed
inexcitable. Observing the oscillation of the membrane potential between
certain levels even after reaching a steady state, I noticed that some of
these cells became excitable after their membrane potential had dropped to 65
mVor less. Despite the apparent inexcitability, these cells responded when
stimulated indirectly. The responses ranged from nongradable EPSP to
compound synpatic potential having several spikes (vide infra). Few cells
were inexcitable when directly or indirectly stimulated, they have
apparently been called silent cells or glial cells (Blackman ~ al., 1969;
Crowcroft & Szurszewski, 1971).
Less than one tenth (23 of 280) of the neurons tested showed
spontaneous activity as indicated by continuous fast-EPSP's and/or action
potentials. Neurons exhibiting such activities were categorized into two
types: the irregularly and regularly firing neurons. The former group were
numerous and showed continuous electrical activity, which took the form of
spontaneous fast EPSP's that occasionally gave rise to action potentials.
The amplitude, duration, rise time, and time constant of fast-EPSP decay are
shown in Table 6. Spontaneous fast EPSP were not affected by superfusion
with TTX (3 X 10-6M) but abolished by hexamethonium (l.5 X 10-4M). Since the
fast-EPSP's were also not affected by hyperpolarization (Fig. 39-B), these
observations imply a high level of spontaneous release of excitatory
neurotransmitter presumably ACh. The regularly firing neurons were fewer in
number (8 cells) and behaved like pacemakers. They fired rhythmically with
an average frequency of 5 Hz. These cells however, received some synaptic
input from each of the four nerves since stimulating the cell indirectly did
elicit a spike. Nonetheless, this presynaptic stimulation did not affect
TABLE 6
Properties of the Fast Excitatory Post-Synaptic Potentials (EPSP)* in
Rabbit IMG
Amplitude
(mV)
6.2 + 4.6
(20)b
Duration
(msec)
38.8 + 20.6
(20)
Rise Time
(msec)
6.9 + 3.4
(20)
11 + 6.6
(20)
143
a: time constant of the decay of local depolarization: time elapsed before the
potential reaches 63% of its peak amplitude
b: number of cells tested
* latencies range from 7 to 96.6 msec.
144
its frequency of firing. In addition, transient hyperpolarization did not
affect but momentarily the behavior of the cell. Fig. 39-A shows the
transient absence of spikes for the period of the applied hyperpolarization
and the resumption of firing with the original frequency upon the termination
of hyperpolarization. Similar cells have been found in dog (King &
Szurszewski, 1984a) and cat (Jule & Szurszewski, 1983). Although firing
continuously up to one hour, these cells showed infrequent cessation of one or
more spikes. Other rhythmically firing neurons with progressively higher
frequencies were rare. Finally, none of these activities represented injury
firing, for the amplitude and frequency of spike were not reduced by time.
3.5.3.4 Synaptic Responses II Nerve Stimulation. Almost all
responsive neurons to indirect stimulation gave some synaptic potential
evoked by stimulating any of the four nerves attached to the ganglion. In
cases where an action potential could be evoked using only any of three or less
of the four synaptic inputs, it seemed evident that the remaining nerves are
damaged or not well mounted on the bipolar stimulating electrode. Indeed,
the not firing nerves are the same nerves encountered silent when recording
from other cells in the same preparation. Therefore, it is most likely that
all four nerves virtually innervate any cell in the ganglion. Furthermore,
there is no differential distribution region among various nerve inputs.
This pattern in rabbit IMG in similar to those in the dog (King & Szurszewski,
1984a) and guinea pig (Crowcroft & Szurszewski, 1971). In the cat-IMG,
however, the regional organization of nerve inputs has been reported (Jule &
Szurszewski, 1983).
Another interesting aspect of synaptic transmission in the rabbit
L.'iG is the phenomenon of convergence. Fig. 40 shows a gradual appearance of
Fig. 39. Effect of hyperpolarizing current on types of neuronal firing in rabbit ~lG.
Effect of hyperpolarizing current pulse applied through the recording microlectrode on the electrical activity of a spontaneously discharging neuron (A) and on an irregularly discharging neuron (B) in rabbit IMG. Note that, in A, the hyperpolarization abolishes the firing revealing no underlining synaptic potentials. In B, synaptic potentials are revealed with hyperpolarization.
A /1 /1 /[ /' /'1 II /"1 /1 ./ , • I' I' I ! I ,t .
f ,,' .' I " ... l " I ,-
t HYPERPOLARIZATION
60 mY
B 0.5 sec
HYPERPOLARIZATION •
Fig. 39. Effect of hyperpolarizing current on types of neuronal firing in rabbit UIG. I-' +'-1ft
Fig. 40. Effect of increasing stimulus strength to lumbar colonic nerves on synaptic responses in a neuron of rabbit IMG.
Number below each trace is the relative stimulus strength in percent compared to that producing a maximal response. Note that as the stimulus intensity is increased an increasing number of fast EPSP occur in the postganglionic cell.
16 34
50 mV
50 msec
73 100
Fig. 40. Effect of increasing stimulus strength to lumbar colonic nerves on synaptic responses in a neuron of rabbit IMG. ~
~ 0\
147
spikes and/or EPSP's by step-up increase of stimulus intensity applied to
lumbar colonic nerve. Each component of the compound synaptic potential has
a specific latency. Stimulating any of the other three nerves gave rise to
the same pattern of response. In other words, all nerves presented
convergence upon stimulation. The properties of the fast EPSP are shown in
Table 6.
Unlike the fast responses elicited directly or indirectly, the slow
potentials in the rabbit IMG are only evoked by repetitive stimulation (30 Hz,
6 s) of the presynaptic fiber (Fig. 41). These slow potentials may consist of
several components of different polarities, pharmacology, onset, and/or time
course characteristics. Besides the better known slow EPSP (noncholinergic
slow depolarization) in guinea pig IMG, there may also be a slow IPSP (slow
hyperpolarization), masked by, or even in some cases following the slow
depolarization. The preceding slow hyperpolarization may occur immediately
after or during the train of stimulation (Fig. 42). The percentage of the
changes in input resistance during the slow hyperpolarization and
depolarization are shown in Table 7. The slow hyperpolarization is defined
in the present context as the slow hyperpolarization potential that follows
the train of stimulation and precedes the slow depolarization. The increase
in Rin during the slow depolarization of rabbit IMG was in agreement to that
reported in the same ganglion by Simmons (1985).
3.5.3.5 Pharmacology of the Slow Potentials of the Rabbit IMG. As
far as the pharmacology of the slow hyperpolarization is concerned, it was
feasible to dissect this potential into a least two components: nicotinic and
muscarinic. Atropine showed concentration-dependent depression of the slow
hyperpolarization (Fig. 43 and Table 8) and parallel increase in the
Fig. 41. Evoked slow potentials in a neuron of the rabbit IMG.
Repetitive stimulation (30 Hz, 6 sec as indicated by the arrows and the bar> of the intermesenteric nerve (IMN) elicits slow depolarization associated with increased synaptic activity at its peak and preceded by a slow hyperpolarization. The dashed line marks the level of the resting membrane potentials of this cell (-66 mV).
--~
30 Hz
6 sec
U IMN
... ~. a, .. -t ------------
Fig. 41. Evoked slow potentials in a neuron of the rabbit IMG.
~10mv 10 sec
I-' ~ 00
Fig. 42. Types of the slow IPSP produced in neurons of rabbit IMG.
Upon repetitive stimulation (30 Hz for the duration indicated by the arrows and the horizontal bar) of any of the four nerve trunks attached to IMG, a slow-IPSP and slow-EPSP can be produced. The slow-IPSP could be produced during the stimulation train (A) or immediately after the train (B). Note that the action potentials fired during the train were truncated by the limited frequency response of the pen recorder.
149
A
10 sec
8
- -- - ---- ---
u Fig. 42. Types of the slow IPSP produced in neurons of rabbit IMG.
Fig. 43. Effect of atropine on the evoked slow potentials in a neuron· of rabbit IMG.
Repetitive stimulation (30 Hz, 6 sec as indicated by small arrows and bar) of intermesenteric nerve (IMN) evokes slow depolarization with enhanced synaptic activity at its peak. The slow depolarization is preceded by slow hyperpolarization (left trace). Atropine applied by superfusion depresses the preceding slow hyperpolarization and enhances the amplitude of the slow depolarization (right trace). The dashed line represents the level of the resting membrane potential of this cell (-61 mV).
IMN 30Hz
Fig. 43.
Atropine _ ................................................. O.1pM,5 min
LJ
10mY
12 •• c
Effect of atropine on the evoked slow potentials in a neuron of rabbit IMG.
I-' lJ1 -::>
TABLE 7
Properties of Slow Postsynaptic Potentials in Rabbit IMG.
Amplitude
(mV)
6.4 + 4.6
(80)
s-EPSpa
% Increase
21 + 13.6
a: Slow Excitatory Postsynaptic Potential
b: Slow Inhibitory Postsynaptic Potential
c: Input resistance
d: Number of Cells Tested
Amplitude
(mV)
7 + 3.4
(56)
151
% Decrease
38.44 + 14.8
152
TABLE 8
Concentration-dependent Effect of Atropine on Slow Potential Amplitudes in
Rabbit-IMG*
Conc. (M)
% Reduction of
s-IPSP Amplitudes
% Increase of
s-EPSP Amplitudes
44
+ 2.3
200
+ I
Data represent the means of 13 cells tested.
58
+ 3.5
300
+ 23
62
+ 1.5
440 .
+ 18
153
amplitude of the slow depolarization. On the other hand, hexamethonium (150
].1M) abolished the slow hyperpolarization with a correspondent enhancement of
the slow depolarization (Fig. 44). In 75% (6 out of 8) of the cells tested,
hexamethonium abolished the slow hyperpolariztion that follows the train of
stimulation; however, there was unaffected component of the slow
hyperpolarization that appears after the first stimulus in the train (Fig.
44). This third component of the slow hyperpolarization proved to be
noncholinergic. Table 9 shows the concentration-dependent effect of
hexamethonium on the slow potentials.
The interval between trains revealed its effect on the amplitude and
duration of the slow potential as shown in Fig. 45. When the intermesenteric
nerve was stimulated repetitively every six minutes, one would get very
similar response to the control condition. When the interval between train
decreases there was a parallel increase in the amplitude and duration of the
slow hyperpolarization together with concommitant decrease in the amplitude
of the slow depolarization. These changes are proportional to the
variations in the intervals between trains. Therefore, one of the essential
factors was to keep constant the duration between successive trains of
stimulation to minimize the variations and obtain better comparison between
treatments. This phenomenon was described by Weems and Szurszewski (19).
The after hyperpolarization of all the spikes in the train of stimulation
summate to produce the slow hyperpolarization. However, in so doing, the
slow hyperpolarization can be thought of as a nicotinic cholinergic
component. However, the slow hyperpolarization consists of a nicotinic,
muscarinic and noncholinergic components.
Considerable evidence has accumulated suggesting that purines,
Fig. 44. Effect of hexamethonium on the evoked slow potentials in a neuron of rabbit IMG.
Repetitive stimulation (30 Hz, 6 sec as indicated by small arrows and bar) of lumbar clonic nerve (LeN) evokes slow depolarization with enhanced neuronal discharge at its peak. The slow depolarization is preceded by slow hyperpolarization (left trace). Hexamethonium applied by superfusion blocks the action potentials during the train of stimulation and the following slow hyperpolarization leaving behind the slow depolarization with its intensive neuronal discharge and some parts of the slow hyperpolarization that was masked by the action potentials of the train of stimulation.
4V\
Fig. 44.
Hexamethonium • (1mM,6min)
~5mv 6 sec
Effect of hexamethonium on the evoked slow potentials in a neuron of rabbit IMG.
.... V1 -i:'-
155
TABLE 9
Concentration-dependent Effect of Hexamethonium on Slow Potential Amplitudes
in Rabbit-IMG
Cone (M)
% Reduction of
s-IPSP Amplitudes
% Increase of
s-EPSP Amplitudes
1.3 2H
20 71
Data represent the mean of 9 cells tested.
100 >100
87.5 92
Fig. 45. Effect of the interval between consecutive stimulation on the size of the slow potentials produced in a neuron of rabbit IMG.
A. Upon repetitive stimulation (30 Hz for the duration indicated by the arrows and the horizontal bar) of the intermesenteric nerve (IMN), slow-IPSP and slow-EPSP can be produced. B. Succeeding repetitive stimulation, occurring at least 6 min after the preceding one, will reproduce same sizes of the slow potentials shown in A. C. If the succeeding stimulation occurs only 2 min after the preceding one, a larger size slow-IPSP and a smaller size slow-EPSP are produced. D. Diminishing further the interval between trains of stimulation to only 0.5 min produces further enlargement (in amplitude and duration) of the slow-IPSP and diminishes the S-EPSP. Note that the action potentials fired during the stimulation trains were truncated by the limited frequency response of the pen recorder. Vm = -57 mV.
156
A Control
8 6 min
--t~~~ -----------
IMN U. 2 min
c o.smin
D
u u
10 sec
Fig. 45. Effect of the interval between consecutive stimulation on the size of the slow potentials produced in a neuron of rabbit IMG.
157
adenosine and ATP function as neurotransmitters in the central and peripheral
nervous systems (Akasu ~ a1., 1984). Therefore, a number of criteria for
considering ATP or adenosine as a possible chemical mediator for the
noncholinergic component of the slow hyperp~larizations in the rabbit IMG
were examined. Exogeneous ATP (5 WM) depressed the amplitude and duration
of the slow hyperpolarization to 25% and 45% of its control values
respectively. ATP caused a reduction in the slope of the voltage-current
relationship indicating its depressing action on Rin. There was
tachyphylaxis to these effects of ATP in that the slow hyperpolarization
partially recovered despite the continued presence of ATP. ATP induced only
slight increase in the amplitude of the slow depolarization associated with
an enhancement of synaptic activity. Adenosine (1 llM) resulted in a
membrane hyperpolarization and increased the duration of the slow
hyperpolarization (150 to 200%) with a slight increase or no reduction of its
amplitude. Furthermore, there was about 20% reduction in the amplitude of
the slow depolarization (Fig. 46). In 84% of cells, adenosine affected both
slow depolarization and hyperpolarization. In 16% of cells, it affected
only the slow depolarization. Like ATP, adenosine reduced the membrane Rin.
Dipyridamole - a purine uptake blocker - (3 .1lM) produced effects on the slow
hyperpolarization similar to those of adenosine whether in the presence or
absence of the latter. Like adenosine, it also reduced 75% of the slow
depolarization amplitude. In addition, it delayed the onset of the slow
depolarization and terminated it after 7 s. As expected, dipyridamole
potentiated the action of adenosine. Closely similar effects of pyridamole
were observed when the compound was applied, by pressure ejection, in the
absence of adenosine. Interestingly, when the compound a, Smethylene ATP
Fig. 46. IMG.
Effect of super fused adenosine on the slow potentials elicited in neurons of rabbit
Repetitive stimulation (30 Hz, 6 sec - as indicated by arrows) of lumbar colonic nerves produces slow depolarization preceded by slow hyperpolarization as seen in the illustrated four traces. Note that the slowdepolarizations are associated with increased synaptic activity. A and B represent two groups of the neurons. The grouping was based on the response of the neurons before (upper panel in A and B) and after (lower panel in A and B) superfusing adenosine. Note the depression of the amplitude of the slow depolarization and enhancement of both the amplitude and duration of the slow hyperpolarization by adenosine.
A B
control control
----------------- ._-- -..0.--------------
f t adenosine (111M) Adenosine (111M)
t 130Hz
6 sec f ! Jl0 mV 10sec
~ Ln
Fig. 46. Effect of super fused adenosine on the slow potentials elicited in neurons 00
of rabbit IMG.
159
(the rigid analogue of ATP) was applied (by pressure ejection) it produced
different effects in rabbit and guinea pig IMG. Fig. 47 shows these effects.
In the rabbit IMG, the compound produced slow depolarization, associated with
a decrease in Rin , preceded by slow hyperpolarization, In guinea pig IMG,
the compound produced only slow depolarization. Therefore there may be
different mode of transmissions between homologous ganglia of different
species.
Similar to their effect on neurons of guinea pig IMG , all peptides
applied by pressure ejection (CCKSS, NS, SP J VIP) produced excitatory effects
in the rabbit IMG (Fig.4S). The slow depolarization was associated with
intense neuronal discharge and change (mostly reduction) of membrane Rin.
However the functional significance of this peptide action remain to be
established. In all experiments in which colon distension was done the
observations of extensive cholinergic input to ING neurons was very rare (in
contrast to guinea pig). In addition colon distension effected frequent
slow hyperpolarization instead of slow depolarization (observed in guinea
pig). This slow hyperpolarization mimics that effect by adenosine ora,S
methylene ATP.
3.5.4 Stability of CCKSNS Over Time
3.5.4.1 . In the Pipette. To establish a valid relationship between
the molecular form of CCK and its observed action, the stability of CCKSNS,
the form used throughout the experiments, was monitored over time. The
longest time consumed in many experimental assays of CCKSNS was 8 hrs;
therefore, samples were taken for stability analyses over this time. CCKSNS
was stable as monitored by HPLC. Thus, the concentration of the peptide
Fig. 47. ganglia.
Different responses to a., e methylene ATP in two different
The compound applied by pressure ejection evokes initial slow depolarization followed by a long slow hyperpolarization in a neuron of rabbit IMG (A). However, the compound triggers only immediate slow depolarizat ion in a neuron of guinea pig IMG (B).
A. RABBIT IMG NEURON
B. GUINEA PIG IMG NEURON
t
JtO mY 15 •• c
Fig. 47. Different responses to a,S methylene ATP in two different ganglia.
160
Fig. 48. Action of some peptides on neurons of rabbit IMG.
InA, B, and C, CCK8 , substance P and VIP applied by pressure ejection (arrows) respectively, increase neuronal excitability. Note the rapid onset of the slow depolarization, the concommitant neural discharge, and changes in input resistance.
161
A. CCK(26-33) NONSULFATED
B. SUBSTANce p J'O mV 15 lec
I I
C. VIP
Fig. 48. Action of some peptides on neurons of rabbit IMG.
Fig. 49. Amino acid sequences of porcine cholecystokinin (CCK39)' porcine gastrin (GIn and the decapeptide, caerulein, obtained from the skin of amphibian species.
The arrows indicate the possible sites of action of endopeptidases needed to convert CCK39 to CCK33 and to CCKS (the sequence of the latter is shown enclosed in the box). R indicates sulfate group on the tyrosine.
CCK 39 I
Tyr-lie-Gln-Gln-Ala-Arg-Lys-Ala-Pr'o-Ser-Gly-Arg-Val-Ser-
Met-Ile-Lys-Asn-Leu-Gln-Ser-Leu-Asp-Pro-Ser-His-Arg-
R I
lIe-Ser-Asp-ArgtAs p-Tyr-Met-Gly-Trp-Met-Asp-Phe-NH2 I. .
G 17 Glp-Gly-Pro-Trp-Met-Glu-Glu-Glu-Glu-
Caerulein
R or H I
Glu-Ala-Tyr-Gly-Trp-Met-Asp-Phe-NH 2
R I
Glp-Gln-Tyr-Thr-Gly-Trp-Met-Asp-Phe-NH2 ~ Fig. 49. Amino acid sequences of porcine cholecystokinin (CCK39), porcine gastrin(G17) and the decapep- ~
tide, caerulein, obtained from the skin of amphibian species.
Substance KO His-Lys-Thr-Asp-Ser-Phe-Val-Gly-Leu-Met-NH2
Substance· P Arg-Pro-Lys-Pro-Gln-Gln-Phe-Phe-Gly-Leu-Met-NH2
VIP His-Ser-Asp-Ala-Val-Phe-Thr-Asp-Asn-Tyr-Thr-Arg-
Fig. 50.
Leu-Arg-Lys-Gln-Met-Ala-Val-Lys-Lys-Tyr-Leu-Asn
Ser-lie-Leu-Asn-NH 2 Amino acid sequences substance K, substance P, and VIP.
I-' (J\ Vol
inside the pipette at zero time was equal to the concentration of it S hr later
(Fig 51). The chromatogram is, in essence, confirmation of both the purity and
stability of CCKSNS over the time inside the pipette. Also the analysis
showed no implication of an absorbed quantity of the peptide on pipette glass.
Indeed, there was not any decremental response recorded from the same cell
when using the peptide-filled pipette over a long period of time. The same
results were obtained from other pipette with different tip diameter and
shank length. It is important to realize that the concentration of CCKSNS
was measured inside the pipette over a period of time during which the pipette
tip was immersed in the fluid of the bath. Therefore, the monitored
stability of CCKSNS over the time reveals no detectable dilution factor or
dilution rate due to the capillary phenomenon. In addition, there was no
molecular decomposition, rearrangement, or oxidation. Based on this
observations, one can state with confidence that the actions of CCK studied
represented truely the action of CCKSNS.
3.5.4.2 In ~ Superfusate. The fate of superfused CCKSNS on
guinea pig IMG was also monitored over 10 min period of time which was usually
consumed during superfusion experiments. Surprisingly, prior to
superfusion of CCKSNS, some amount of the peptide appeared on the
chromatogram (Fig. S) with the same retension time of CCKSNS. There was no
reason to believe that this amount was an artifact or a contamination of the
bath with CCKSNS. Also, there was no reason to exclude the possibility that
this quantity of peptide on the chromatogram represents basal ganglionic
release of CCKSNS or a related peptide. The results were quite different 10
min after superfusion of CCKSNS in that 5 different metabolites appeared as
fragments with different retention times (Fig. 52) on the chromatogram.
Fig. 51. microejection.
Stability of CCKaNS inside the pipette of pressure
The pipette was filled with CCKaNS (10-~). Samples taken from the pipette were subjected to HPLC analysis. These are the two chromatograms of the analyzed samples at zero time (A) and after a hrs (B). Note that the two peaks for CCKaNS have equal retention time (58 min). Note also that the area under CCKaNS peak (in chromatogram B), is hal f that under CCKaNS peak (in chromatogram A). However, since the volume of the injected a hr-sample (50 jll) was half that of the injected zero time-sample (100 jll), CCKaNS concentration is the same in both samples.
165
A. At Zero Time
(J)
z .01 co
~ (,)
~ (,)
(J
c: co
.,Q .. 0 CIt .a <
15 30 45 60
Time (minute.)
B. After 8 Hours
.01
15 30 45 60
Time (minutes)
Fig. 51. Stability of CCKaNS inside the pipette of pressure microejection.
Fig. 52. Fate of superfused CCKSNS in the bathing medium.
CCKaNS was super fused (at concentration of 15 JlM) over the IHG preparation. Samples were taken, from the bathing medium to the ganglion, and subjected to HPLC analysis. The two chromatograms of the analyzed samples before (A) and 10 min after (B) superfusion. Note, there is a small peak (A) having equal retention time to CCKSNS, which may indicate ganglionic release of CCKrelated peptide. Note, also that 10 min after the superfusion (B) caused the appearance of several peaks representing the degradation fragments or metabolites of CCKSNS (m-1, m-2, m-3, m-4 and m-5), which indicates that the ganglion may possess metabolizing machinery.
A. Before Superfusi on (Control)
.01
• CJ c: til .a .. o GIl .a <
B. After
.01
• CJ c: til .a .. 0 GIl .a <
Fig. 52.
15 30 45
Time (ml nutes)
Superfusion (10 min)
tJ)
C\I z I co e ~
I (J (J
,.. I e I
15 30 45
Time (minutes)
Fate of superfused CCKSNS in the bathing medium.
tJ)
z co ~ (J (J
I
166
60
60
167
Furthermore, there was parallel reduction in the peak of the parent compound
(CCKaNS). Identity of fragments were not pursued further, however, they
were of lower molecular weights than the parent compound. Whether CCK30- 33
is included or not among these metabolites remains to be confirmed. The
appearance of fragments in the superfusate was time-dependent.
3.5.4.3 Kinetics ~ Superfusion. It was important to determine
the time after which the superfused peptide (CCKSNS) reaches equilibrium with
the medium bathing the IMG preparation by means of HPLC. Despite constant
perfusion of the peptide, the time to equlibrium varied from trial to trial.
However, in all cases equilibrium could not be reached earlier than 10 min
following the start of superfusion. Note that 3 min out of this 10 min period
should be subtracted because of the inherent dead space between the reservior
of the superfused peptide to the recording chamber of the bath. The
equilibrium was attained following first order kinetics as shown in Fig. 53 of
a representative case. Furthermore, there are two opposing processes
operating to achieve the equilibrium. The accumulation process and the
degradation process. The latter process has been studied during 10 min
period and eluded to in the previous section. Cells could be affected
differently before equilibrium depending upon the geometry of the bath and
the ratio of the metabolites to the parent compound (CCKaNS). The first
affected cells can be expected to undergo desensitization before the later
affected cells. In addition, there were unaffected cells (vide supra) or
failure responses because of the different difusion patterns across the bath
resulting in an unhomogeneous treatment of CCKSNS.
Fig. 53. Relationship between the time of peptide superfusion and the concentration in the recording chamber.
HPLC analysis revealed the gradual accumulation of superfused CCKSNS in the bath to reach equilibrium concentration at 10 min in this particular trial.
168
55
-e ...... 45 as :::z. -
35 c 0 -as ... 25 -c Q» (J
C 0
15 (J
5
5 10 15
Time (minutes)
Fig. 53. Relationship between the time of peptide superfusion and the concentration in the recording chamber.
4 DISCUSSION
4.1. Cholecystokinin in Guinea Pig ~~ Transmitter Criteria
The neuronal localization of CCK in both central and peripheral
pathways substantially altered the direction of research on this peptide, now
directed towards determining if CCK might be a neurotransmitter. If CCK is
to be considered as a neurotransmitter, it should fulfill the following
criteria; (a) localization and synthesis in neurons and concentration in the
presynaptic terminals; (b) release by stimulation of the presynaptic nerve
endings; (c) application should show the same characteristics and
pharmacology as stimulation of the presynaptic pathway. Additional
criteria might be included, such as the demonstration of neuronal receptors
and the existence of a mechanism for transmitter inactivation. These
criteria have developed over years of debate. However, the debate has not
ended yet. If these criteria have been successfully used in evaluating
monoamine transmitters, not all of them are required to be fulfilled in
designating a peptide as a neurotransmitter (see Introduction).
Nonetheless, all these criteria have been fulfilled by CCK as a
neurotransmitter in the central nervous system. It is not known if CCK has a
neurotransmitter role in the periphery or in the sympathetic prevertebral
ganglia. CCK has been localized in pathways arising from the intramural
ganglia of the colon and impinging onto neurons in the IMG of guinea pig.
169
170
Possible correlation between this anatomical localization of CCK with any
physiological function of CCK in the IMG has not been investigated. The
argument against that CCK which has been known as a peripheral hormone could
have also a peripheral neurotransmitter role is not convincing. For a
substance .to be a neurohormone and a neurotransmitter is not unprecedent.
For instance, epinephrine is recognized as a neurotransmitter while it has
long been known as a hormone.
Most of the criteria were fulfilled by CCK, when evaluating the
transmitter role of the peptide in the guinea pig IMG. Historically, CCK has
been localized in neurons with cell bodies residing in the colon wall and
projecting with terminals in the IMG. A very dense network of CCK-positive
fibers is seen in the unoperated animals and with the colonic nerve supply
intact (Dalsgaard ~.!L.., 1983). Even though synthesis and axonal transport
of CCK has not been established in this ganglion-coloQ pathway, ligation
studies reflect the continual synthesis of CCK in this pathway. Ligation of
the colonic nerves results in an accumulation of CCK distal to the ligation.
Also ligation of the lumbar splanchnic nerves results in accumulation of CCK
in the proximal segment (Dalsgaard ~~, 19~3). CCK-related peptides
applied by pressure ejection caused slow noncholinergic depolarization that
mimics the slow depolarization induced either by colon distension or by
presynaptic repetitive stimulation. A pharmacological receptor specific
for CCK can be deduced from the dose-response relationships of some CCK
related peptides. The receptor is specific for CCK action and it does not
respond either to VIP or to SP. Like any neurotransmitter, CCK-induced slow
depolarization is potential-dependent with definite null potential. CCK
has been shown by the present studies to affect both sodium and potassium
171
conductances like SP (Dun & Minota, 1981). CCK induces changes in Rin
similar to those observed with SP. The peptide also induces desensitization
to the response elicited either by nerve stimulation or by colon distension.
Like SP, CCK acts directly on the postsynaptic membrane. All these
observations strongly support the hypothesis that CCK is a neurotransmitter
that mediates reflex activity involving colon and IMG.
4.2 CCK-Mediated Excitation
By recording intracellularly from neurons of guinea pig IMG in vitro,
I have been able to demonstrate in the present research, that CCK8 or any of
its related peptides produces a dose-dependent, reversible, slow
noncholinergic depolarization associated either with an increase, a
decrease, or no change in membrane Rin. The onset of action of CCK-related
peptide was brisk and accompanied with enhanced synaptic activity and intense
neuronal discharge. In the view of this rapid onset of action with only a few
pmoles of CCK8 , the term "slowly act~ng neurotransmitter" might be an
oversimplification in designating CCK8 • Nonetheless, the depolarization
elicited by the fast acting CCK8 is long lasting (see Table 2). The
observation that CCK8 causes reversible depolarization in the neurons of
guinea pig IMG accompanied by marked increases in excitability is in
agreement with the data obtained by extracellular techniques in both the frog
and rat spinal cord (Phillis & Kirkpatrick, 1979; Jeftinija et al., 1981), the ---hypothalamus and cortex (Phillis & Kirkpatrick, 1980; Chiodo & Bunney, 1983;
Lamour ~ al., 1983), the ventral tegmental area (Skirboll ~ al., 1981), the
caudal trigeminal nucleus (Salt & Hill, 1982), and the nucleus accumbens
172
(White & Wang, 1984) as well as in studies with intracellular electrodes in
cultured spinal neurons (Rogawski, 1982), neurons of the dentate gyrus of
rats (Brooks & Kelly, 1985) and CAl neuron of the hippocampus (Dodd & Kelly,
1981) and in striking contrast to the presence of an inhibitory action in the
nucleus tractus solitarius reported by Morin ~ al. (1983).
The depolarizing action of CCK-related peptide on neurons of guinea
pig IMG is similar in many ways to the actions of other peptides including
substance P (Dun lie Minota, 1981) and arginine vasopressin (Peters and
Kreulen, 1985). Other potent excitants to neurons of the guinea pig IMG
shown in the present studies include VIP and substance K. Although the
striking similarity of the latency, rise time, duration, and offset of the
responses evoked by CCK8 and these other unrelated peptides need not be the
result of either an action at a common receptor or, indeed, a common ionic
mechanism, it may be regarded as suggestive evidence for the presence of a
high density of receptors for CCK8 and the other peptides on the soma and
dendrites of the neurons of the IMG. The presence of distinct receptor sites
for substance P and CCK8 was evident from the present experiments utilizing
spantide as SP antagonist. Furthermore, it was proven that there was no
cross desensitization between CCK8 and SP or VIP. Thus, repeated
applications of SP or VIP did not lead to a declining response to CCK8 • In the
meantime, CCK8 induced desensitization to its response upon the second
immediate application. CCKa tachyphylaxis has been reported by Dodd and
Kelly (1981) and Rogawski (1982). As with other peptides repeated
application of CCK-related peptides caused a desensitization or
tachyphylaxis to their depolarizing effects. Similar tachyphylaxis has
been described for substance P (Dun & Karczmar, 1979; Peters & Kreulen, 1984)
173
and arginine vasopressin (Peters & Kreulen, 19a5).
4.3 Sensitivities ~ the IMG neurons .!2. CCKa
CCKa was not excitatory to all neurons tested in the IMG. Some (10%)
neurons did not respond to the peptide. Even among the respons ive neurons,
the action of CCKa was not uniform. Although CCKS induced slow
noncholinergic depolarization in the latter neurons, the properties of the
depolarizations varied among these neurons. Beside the different changes in
membrane Rin , there was different changes in the excitability. In this
respect, some (16%) neurons showed slow depolarization without changes in Rin
and excitability. In addition, these cells did not show changes in the
amplitude of CCKS-induced depolarization with changing membrane potential.
Nonetheless, the cells exhibited a null potential at -90 mV. Since these
cells did not show any synaptic activity, they were considered inexcitable or
glial cells. Statistical analysis did not include the inexcitable cells
when estimating the EDSO values. The action of CCKS on these cells was also
considered nonspecific. On the other hand the majority of the responsive
cells (64%) showed moderate excitability; they demonstrated dose-dependent
depolarization associated with moderate synaptic activity, several
superimposed action potentials, and changes (decrease or increase) in Rin'
Since the cells have both passive and active properties which are known for
the principal ganglion cells, they were the chief source of data utilized in
various statistical analysis. Finally, the remaining (10%) were very
sensitive to exogeneously applied CCKa • Their depolarization was
associated with intense neuronal discharge that lasted for the entire
174
duration of the depolarization. The superimposed spikes concealed changes
in Rin as shown in Fig. 7.
4.4 ..£9!. Receptor Sites in the ~
In the gastrointestinal tract, CCK activity requires the presence of
the sulfated tyrosine residue. In this study both sulfated and nonsulfated
CCK8 had similar depolarizing actions on the ganglionic neurons; in addition,
CCK30- 33 and CCK27- 33 which do not contain the sulfated tyrosine residue also
had potent excitatory actions. This is in contrast to the characteristics of
CCK binding in pancreatic acinar cells (Jensen.!:! a1., 1980; Innis & Snyder,
1980) and suggests that the ganglionic receptor resembles the brain receptor
and the receptor for CCK that serves the endocrine function of the pancreas
(Innes and Snyder, 1980; Saito ~ a1., 1981), which interact with all forms of
CCK including the nonsulfated as well as gastrin I (human) and pentagastrin.
In addition, the inability of BU2cGMP to specifically antagonize CCK as it
does on p~ncreatic acinar cells further enhances the similarity between
ganglionic and brain receptor. The excitatory actions of CCK-related
peptides on hippocampal neurons follow the same general pattern as the brain
binding. CCK30- 33 is bound with almost the same potency as CCK8S to CCK
receptor in the brain, even when l25I-CCK33 is used as a radio ligand (Saito ~
al.,1980). However, CCK8NS in the hippocampus was inactive (Dodd & Kelly,
1981) even though CCK30- 33 had potent excitatory action (Dodd & Kelly, 1981).
Despite the lack of an autoradiographic proof for the existence of a
pharmacological receptor for CCK in the IMG, features for such a receptor was
revealed by studying the dose-response relationships. These relationships
175
reflected saturabi1ity, and sigmoidicity. In this regard, the ED50 values
of both CCKSNS and CCK30- 33 were closely similar, and although twofold higher
than that of CCKSS, all these forms produced equal maximum amplitude of
depolarization. Moreover, gastrin (human), caerulein, CCK30- 33 , CCK27- 33
also produced dose-dependent· slow depolarization with similar maximum
responses. They desensitized the response to CCKS• All these observations
suggest a common receptor for CCKS-related peptide. Equally important, is
that these related peptides share the C-terminal tetrapeptide sequence in
their structure, which suggests that CCK30- 33 contains the structural
component necessary for CCK activity at this receptor. The lower potency of
CCKSS is not due to its instability since, among all the forms of CCK, CCK30- 33
has the shortest half life (Deschodt-Lanckman ~ al., 19S1).
Desensitization induced by peptide transmitter may reveal the
existence of the peptide receptor site. As with other peptides, repeated
application of CCK-related peptides caused a desensitization or
tachyphylaxis to their depolarizing effects. Similar tachyphylaxis has
been described for substance P (Dun & Karczman, 1979; Peters & Kreulen, 19S4)
and arginine vasopressin (Peters & Kreulen, 19S5).
4.5 Cholecystokinin-Related Peptides
Equally important, most authors have considered CCKSNS as
biologically inactive in brain and spinal cord. However the molecule proved
to be active in situations where CCKSS was inactive (Kadar ~~, 1984).
Morever, it certainly proved to be more potent in a sympathetic prevertebral
176
ganglion, IMG. After all, another nonsulfated form, CCK30- 33 , proved to be
active in both the brain and in the endocrine cells of the pancreas (Rehfeld~
al., 1980).
All molecular forms of CCK (CCK8 , CCK30- 33 and CCK27- 33 ) proved
excitatory on neurons in guinea pig IMG. However, the relevant questions to
the present studies is that does every form have a separate receptor site?
There is no reason to rule out the possibility that there is a different
receptor site for each molecular form of CCK. However, CCK30- 33 or CCK8 may
also act on the same receptor site. This last conclusion, however .. may not be
drawn from the similarity in the efficacy, ED50 value, and the slope of the
dose response curve for each peptide. It could also be suggested that the
ultimate active molecular form of CCK in the synaptic cleft is CCK30- 33 •
Other CCK-related peptides were also excitatory. Caerulein and
gastrin 1 (human) are CCK-structurally related (See Fig. 53 for their
chemical formulae). Caerulein is a decapeptide with structure and
biological activities that are quite similar to CCK8 (Dockray, 1979).
Consequently, findings of similar excitatory action to those of CCKS on the
IMG neuron were to be expected. Caerulein has been tested on myenteric
neurons from guinea pig ileum in vitro (Nemeth ~ al., 1985). The present
data on the action of CCKS are in agreement with data of Nemeth~ al. (1985).
When applied by microejection or in the superfusion solution, caerulein
evokes excitatory responses that are qualitatively the same as the excitatory
responses to CCKS (Nemeth ~~, 19S5). The close degree of sequence
homology between the C-terminal segment of CCKS and gastrin 1 (human) are well
known and suggests that both peptides might have similar action on the IMG
neurons. Gastrin 1 (human), however, has not been tried on ganglion neurons.
177
However, pentagastrin has been shown to evoke contractile responses when
applied to the longitudinal muscle myenteric plexus preparation of guinea pig
ileum (Vizi ~ ale , 1974). An earlier report on extracellular
electrophysiological studies of the myenteric plexus of guinea pig small
intestine described on excitatory action of pentagastrin and caerulein (Sato
~.!!..:., 1973). However, Nemeth ~ a1. (1985) have an inconsistent result in
that pentagastrin was inactive.
4.6 Mechanism ~ CCK8 Action
In the present experiments, CCK8NS applied by pressure ejection
produced mixed changes in Rin of neurons in the guinea pig L'1G. The peptide
action was associated with a decrease in Rin in the majority of the neurons
(60%). The decrease in Rin is in agreement with the data obtained from the
pyramidal neurons of the mammalian hippocampus by Dodd and Kelly (1981) using
pressure-ejected CCK8S. Willetts ~ ale (1985) who reported that the
peptide increased Rin in 60% of cells tested, reported also that the CCK
evoked depolarization recorded in a TTX-containing solution was associated
with a decrease in Rin.
The particular ionic conductances underlying the depolarization
induced by CCK-related peptides appears to be complex. In particular, cells
depolarized with either increases in input resistance, decreases in input
resistance or no change. In addition, some cells showed an initial decrease
during the peak of depolarization followed by an increase in input resistance
as the cell depolarized. Mixed changes in input resistance have also been
reported for depolarization produced by substance P on neurons in the IMG of
178
guinea pig (Konishi ~ al.. 1979; Dun lie Minota, 1981; Jiang lie Dun, 1981). In
60% of cells that underwent a reduction in Rin upon treatment with CCK8NS, the
amplitude of the depolarization showed incremental response upon
hyperpolarization. The extrapolated null potential for the CCK-induced
response (-36.3 .!. 9.3 mV) was more positive than the resting membrane
potential. The fact that the CCK null potential was more positive than the
resting membrane potential or K+ equilibrium potential suggests that, in
addition to a decrease in Gk , CCK8NS may have increased a cation conductances
such as GNa and GCa ' The ratio of the changes in these three conductances
will ultimately determine the change of membrane resistance. These findings
obtained in this group of neurons are in agreement with the data obtained in
CAI pyramidal neuron (Dodd lie Kelly, 1981) which suggested that application of
CCK results in a change in membrane permeability to one or more ions which have
a net equilibrium potential closer to zero than the resting membrane
potential. The value of the null potential obtained in the present study is
very close to that reported by Dodd and Kelly for CCK (1981, -41 mV) and by Dun
lie Jiang 0982, -34 mV). In addition, Petersen and Philpott (979) reported a
null potential between -10 and -15 mV for the action of caeru1ein, a CCK-1ike
peptide, on pancreatic acinar cells. CCK activation of single channel
currents mediated by an internal messenger (Ca2+) in pancreatic acinar cells
has been demonstrated (Marayama lie Petersen, 1982).
The present studies have shown that in those neurons that
consistently increased in resistance, the amplitude of the CCK-induced
depolarization decreased with hyperpolarization of the membrane and the
calculated reversal potential (-103 mV) was close to K-equilibrium
potential; conversely, in those neurons that consistently decreased in
179
resistance during the CCK-induced depolarization the null potential (-36 mY)
was much less than the K-equilibrium potential and was depolarized compared
to the resting membrane potential. The null potential of this latter group
is similar to that reported by Jiang and Dun (1981) for a subgroup of slow
depolarizations elicited with repetitive nerve stimulation. An additional
similarity to both the substance P depolarization and the slow depolarization
evoked by stimulation is partial depression of the amplitude with reduction
of extracellular sodium lJiang & Dun, 19S1; Dun & Minota, 1981). The partial
dependence of CCK8NS-evoked slow depolarization on GNa was confirmed in the
present studies utilizing TTX and reduction of [Na+]o' The observation has
also been reported, in agreement of the present results, by Willetts ~ al.
(1985). These authors reported that the level and duration of CCKS-induced
slow depolarization was substantially reduced in a medium containing TTX.
The dependence of the CCK8NS-induced slow depolarization on potassium
conductance was also established by the present studies. In agreement with
the multiple conductance changes is the observation that CCKS increased the
amplitude of the action potential and reduced the amplitude of the after
hyperpolarization. These findings are consistent with multiple conductance
changes underlying the depolarization and such a mechanism has been proposed
for substance P depolarization (Dun & Minota, 1981; Jiang & Dun, 19S1).
Similar studies to characterize slow potentials have been done extensively on
paravertebral sympathetic ganglia of the amphibian nervous tissues (Adams &
Brown, 1980) or the mammalian prevertebral ganglia of the guinea pig (Neild,
1978; Dun, 1980; Dun & Karczmar, 1979; Dun & Jiang, 1982).
180
4.7 Sites(s) of CCKS Action (Presynaptic and Postsynaptic)
A relevant question to be asked in relation to the present data is
whether membrane depo1arizat ion and the associated change in neuronal Rin is
the likely postsynaptic mechanism of intiation of firing in the neurons of
guinea pig IMG. The persistence of the slow depolarization produced in these
neurons by CCKS in a medium of low Ca2+ /high Mg2+ is indicative to the direct
action of CCK8 on the postsynaptic membrane and not to its presynaptic action
that may cause the release of some transmitter{ s). In so doing, CCK8
produces its effect in a way similar to the direct action of SP and arginine
vasopressin on neurons of guinea pig IMG (Dun & Minota, 1981; Peters and
Kreu1en, 1985). In this regard, the depolarizing response evoked by CCKa is
independent of synaptic activity and unlikely to involve either
disinhibition of presynaptic receptors involved in the release of excitatory
transmitters from adjacent nerve terminals. CCKa also modulates the
postsynaptic actions of other neurotransmitters. For instance, in the
present studies CCKS enlarged the amplitude of the cholinergic fast EPSP.
The postsynaptic action of CCK has been documented in other systems such as
neurons of the rat dentate gyrus (Brooks lie Kelly, 1985) and spinal dorsal horn
(Willets ~ aI., 1985).
The observation of a significant reduction in both the amplitude and
duration of the CCK-mediated slow depolarization in neurons of guinea pig IMG
in TTX-containing solutions points to a presynaptic mechanism of action of
CCKa in addition to its postsynaptic action. In this regard, TTX blocks axon
terminal sodium channels. Thus, both direct and indirect excitatory
181
mechanisms may account for the initiation of firing of IMG neurons observed in
vitro during pressure ejection of CCKS on the neurons. This suggestion of
the present studies is further supported by a similar finding in the neurons
of rat dorsal horn (Willetts ~ a1., 19S5) and by the finding of potent direct
depolarization actions of CCKS on dorsal root terminals and motoneurons of
the isolated toad spinal cord (Phillis & Kirkpatrick, 1979). Alternatively,
it is possible that GNa may have contributed to the depolarizing phase of the
CCKS response, either through its mediation of synaptic transmission or
through the direct effect as a charge carrier for inward current. The
present studies have also provided evidence for the additional presynaptic
action of CCKS• This evidence is revealed by the observation that CCKS
treatment on neurons of IMG caused an increase in the frequency of the fast
EPSP which is indicative to the release of ACh from nerve terminals. This
last observation has been documented in the myenteric plexus (Yau~ al.,
1974; see also next section).
4.8 Acetylcholine Release
Recent evidence strongly favors the possibility that CCK-related
peptides can act on nerves causing their terminal to release the transmitter
ACh. It has been shown by Del Tacca~ a1. (970) that caerulein is capable of
enhancing the release of ACh induced by electrical stimulation of the guinea
pig ileum or vagal stimulation of the guinea pig stomach. More recently,
Vizi ~ a1. (972) have shown that in higher peptide concentration, caerulein
as well as CCKS and pentagastrin can initiate the release of ACh from the
guinea pig ileum. TTX abolishes this release (Yau ~.!h, 1974) confirming
182
the conclusion (Paton & Zar, 1968) that, in the ileum, ACh is derived solely
from presynaptic neural elements. The effect could result, however, from
the participation of ACh mainly as a synergist of the peptide action on smooth
muscle fibers. In other words the peptide acts directly on the postsynaptic
cells, but the magnitude of the response depends on intact neuronal pathways.
It is also possible that both mechanisms of CCK action presynaptically
releasing ACh and postsynaptically acting in synergism with ACh, exist and
interplay to express the full effect of the peptide. In studying the action
of CCK and related peptides on guinea pig small intestine, Yau ~ a1. (1974)
have concluded that the effect of these peptides on ileal muscle is largely
mediated by cholinergic mechanism. It could not be ascertained, however,
whether the effect resulted solely from release of ACh by nerve endings or
from the synergistic action of both ACh and CCK on smooth muscle fiber.
The present data showed that CCK8 increased the frequency (300%) and
amplitude (200%) of continuous fast nicotinic EPSP evoked by contractions of
the colon. Even without the colon being attached (absence of cholinergic
input), application of CCK evoked similar increase in both the frequency and
amplitude of the fast synaptic potentials. The increase in frequency is
indicative of a presynaptic effect while the increase in amplitude reveals a
postsynaptic effect.
4.9 ~ of Inhibition.2! CCKa Action .E1. Peripheral CCK Antagonists
None of the peripheral CCK antagonists blocked or even depressed the
action of CCKa on neurons of guinea pig IMG. A similar lack of effects
demonstrated in failure of competition between proglumide for CCK binding
183
sites in cerebral cortex of the mice has been reached by Clark ~ ale (1985).
These authors confirmed the lack of competition between benzotript or
proglumide, both are reputed peripheral CCK receptor antagonists and CCK
related ligands for central CCK binding sites. The apparent effect of
Bu2cGMP on the slow depolarization stimulated by CCK8 in the present studies
should be cautiously considered. BU2cGMP has a rapid depres~ing action on
the cholinergic transmission. In the present studies, it had blocked the
cholinergic fast EPSP's before it depressed the response to CCK8 • The
nonspecific action of the BU2cGMP was further confirmed in these studies by
the very long recovery period needed for the neuron to respond to CCK8 in a way
similar to prior exposure to BU2 cGMP. The lack of antagonistic actions of
these compounds to the CCK8-induced slow depolarization in neurons of guinea
pig IMG might be a further support, however, to the implication of the present
finding. CCK'Receptor in IMG resemble brain receptor in recognizing all
forms of CCK. In this contention, these results highlight a difference in
specificity between the central nervous system and peripheral CCK receptors.
Clearly, the efficacy of these antagonists as ganglionically acting receptor
antagonists is open to question and in need of future study.
Proglumide, the glutaramic acid derivative which has been used in the
treatment of peptic ulcers in Europe (Weiss, 1979), has been described as an
antagonist for CCK receptors in the pancreas (Hahne ~ a1., 1981) and brain
(Chiodo & Bunney, 1983). Chiodo and Bunney (1983) reported a selective
blockade of CCK8-induced excitation of rat midbrain dopaminergic neurons and
dopamine-sensitive cells in the prefrontal cortex, suggesting that this drug
may be valuable for studying the possible role of CCK as a neurotransmitter or
neuromodulator in the central nervous system. However, Willetts ~ a1.
184
(19a5), found that proglumide reduced or abolished the depolarizing response
of several dorsal horn cells to bath administration of CCKa , yet frequently
exhibited CCK-like excitatory effects when used in concentrations which were
effective in blocking CCK-induced actions. In this context, it is
interesting that proglumide does not inhibit specific [3H] pentagastrin
binding to rat striatum sections (Gaudreau ~ a1., 1983). CCK30- 33 , CCKaS
and CCKaNS inhibit the binding. This observation suggests that the
antagonistic effect of proglumide in rat brain might be exerted through some
other mechanism than its binding to CCK receptors. Because of this lack of
specificity of antagonistic action of proglumide, a detailed pharmacology of
the interactions of CCK with its receptors has yet to be carried out with other
more specific CCK receptor antagonists.
Due to the lack of specific CCKa antagonists, it was a reasonable
rationale to utilize the phenomenon of desensitization. With this rationale
it was possible to establish a relationship between exogeneously applied CCKa
and endogeneously implemented transmitter. Host neuroactive peptides
induce tachyphylaxis to the responses they produce. If CCK8 or one of its
related peptides acts as a neurotransmitter mediating the slow
depolarization induced either by colon distension or by presynaptic
repetitive stimulation of lumbar colonic nerves, exogeneously applied CCKa
will desensitize the slow depolarization. Alternatively, if CCKS applied by
pressure ejection desensitizes the response produced in a neuron of the IMG
either by colon distension or by presynaptic repetitive stimulation, CCKa or
one of its related peptide may very well be the neurotransmitter mediating
this response. As the present data revealed, CCKS applied by pressure
ejection or by superfusion induced tachyphylaxis of neuronal response to its
lS5
effect. Desensitization occurred after repeated applications of CCKS
without allowing enough time (>5 min) between applications. Hence, if two
substances can activate the same receptor, they are most likely to be
structurally related, if not identical. If the two substances are not
structurally related, cross desensitization studies must be conducted before
any conclusion can be taken about the nature of the endogeneous transmitter.
4.10 Imitation ~ Other ~ Depolarizations
Slow depolarization can be elicited in neurons of guinea pig IMG by
various stimulators. There are three main stimulators: exogeneous
application of SP or CCKS' presynaptic repetitive stimulation, and colon
distension. Irrespective to the stimulator, the three produced slow
depolarization sharing common features. Due to these common features,
they may be generated by a common transmitter or different transmitters may
produce similar effects. First, they have comparable amplitude and time
course. Second, they enhance the excitability of the neuron. Third, all
the three slow depolarizations are associated with mixed changes in Rin; they
produce increase, decrease, or no change in Rin. Fourth, these three slow
depolarizations share the distinctive feature of being noncholinergic.
Fifth, they induce tachyphylaxis to one another, if their stimulators
repeatedly continued to elicit them. Sixth, the amplitude of any slow
depolarization is potential dependent and is nullified at a similar null
potential. In this respect, the majority of neurons displayed incremental
repetitive stimulation-induced response with increasing conditioning
hyperpolarization. Few neurons exhibited biphasic response (decrease then
186
increase in amplitude) under conditioning hyperpolarization. The former
group has an average equilibrium potential of -39.:!:. 7 mV (Dun & Jiang, 1982).
In parallel, the amplitude of distension-induced noncholinergic
depolarizations increased with conditioning hyperpolarization to -80 mV
where upon further hyperpolarization resulted in a decrease in the amplitude
of the response (Kreulen & Peters, 1986). Also agreeable to these results
are the present data obtained with CCK8 • In those cells in which the Rin
decreased during depolarization (59% of cells tested) the amplitude of CCKa
depolarization increased with incremental hyperpolarization. The null
potential for this group was -36.3 .:!:. 9.3 mV. However, many neurons in this
group showed gradual decremental response with increasing conditioning
hyperpolarizat ion above -100 mV. Seventh, CCK8 - , co Ion dis tens ion - and,
stimulation-induced slow depolarizations exhibited larger amplitudes with
increasing the dose, intraluminal pressure and stimulus intensity,
respectively. There was direct proportionality between the amplitude of the
response and the frequency of stimulation. A maximum noncholinergic
depolarization was elicited by a 30 Hz stimulus applied for 5 s; the
depolarization became progressively smaller at higher frequencies (Dun &
Jaing, 1982). The amplitude of noncholinergic depolarizations increased
with colonic intraluminal pressure between 2 and 20 cm H20, although the slope
of the mean amplitude-pressure curve decreased progressively at higher
pressures (Kreulen & Peters, 1986). Thus, CCK8-induced slow depolarization
mimics many features of other slow depolarizations induced by other stimuli
(colon distension or electrical stimulation) in neurons of guinea pig IMG.
187
4.11 CCK ~ Colon Distension Response
Slow depolarizations produced by colon distension were observed
previously by Weems and Szurszewski (1978), accompanied by asynchronous fast
EPSP' s. However, these authors did not determine the noncholinergic nature
of the slow depolarizations but rather suggested that they arose due to
summation of fast EPSPs. Kreulen and Peters (1986) have demonstrated the
existence of a noncholinergic mechanosensory pathways from the distal colon
to the IMG in guinea pigs. This afferent pathway, which travels along the
lumbar colonic nerve, is responsive to changes in colonic intraluminal
pressure. Activation of these afferents by distension of the colon produces
in a population of IMG neurons slow depolarizations that are resistant to
cholinergic blockers. The depolarizations were synaptic responses and not a
mechanical artifact of distension because they were abolished in the presence
of TTX (in the colon compartment) or, as the present results demonstrated, in
a medium of high Ca2+ flow Mg2+. The cholinergic mechanosensory pathway from
the distal colon was previously suggested to arise from mechanoreceptor
neurons originating in the wall of the colon (Crowcroft ~ al., 1971a;
Szurszewski & Weems, 1970; Weems & Szyrszewski, 1977). The processes of
these afferents terminate on a population of principal sympathetic neurons in
the IMG (King & Szurszewski, 1984a). Kreulen and Peters indicated that many
IMG cells are innervated by both noncholinergic and cholinergic
mechanosensory pathways. The proportion of each pathway varied from neuron
to neuron in the IMG. In some cells, however, only noncholinergic
depolarization could be elicited by distension, while in others only
cholinergic EPSP's occurred. Previous estimates of the percentage of IMG
188
neurons receiving spontaneous cholinergic afferent input from the large
intestine ranged from 79% (Szurszewski & Weems, 1976) to 100% (Crowcroft ~
al., 1971a). The estimate of the percentage of the IMG neurons receiving
noncholinergic afferent input was 36% (Peters & Kreulen, 1986).
In the present studies, CCKSNS applied by pressure ejection
desensitized the neuronal response to colon distension in 46% of cells
tested. It can be deduced from desensitization data that both the
transmitter underlying the slowly developing depolarization produced by
colon distension and CCKSNS occupy the same receptor on these desensitized
neurons of IMG. However, the desensitization might occur to both
cholinergic and nonholinergic components. Regarding the explanation that
might be given for the desensitization of the cholinergic component is that
CCK has been shown to release ACh from myenteric plexus (Yau ~ al., 1974).
In addition, from the present observations, CCKS has been shown to cause
release of ACh as indicated by the big increase in the frequencies of the
miniature synaptic potentials and evoked fast EPSP IS. Continual release of
ACh leads to desensitization of the cholinergic response (Katz & Thesleff,
1957). From the present studies, 36% of cells underwent desensitization to
the peptidergic (noncholinergic response) and 14% underwent desensitization
to both peptidergic and cholinergic responses. Based on these results, CCKS
or one of its related peptide should be a neurotransmitter mediating afferent
signal from the distal colon to neurons in the !MG. In confirmation to
aformentioned results, exogeneously applied CCKS (by pressure ejection)
caused in about equal proportion of cells (50%, 4 of S cells tested)
desensitization of their responses to presynaptic repetitive stimulation of
lumbar colonic nerves. Again, CCKS or one of its related peptides may well be
lS9
a transmitter mediating this stimulation-elicited response. It is
possible, however, that some other transmitters(s) which are structurally
unrelated simply cross-desensitize the response to the applied CCKS• With
this notion one may think of the peptides in cell bodies residing the
intramural ganglia of the colon and having processes impinging on neurons of
IMG as candidate transmitters, In t~is regard, VIP could be such a peptide
(Da1sgaard ~ a1., 1983). Other peptides in cell-hodies in the colon and
synapsing with neuron of guinea pig IMG includes bombesin, dynorphin, and CCK
(Dalsgaard~ a1., 1983). The preliminary results of the present studies
showed that among all these peptides only CCK and VIP proved excitatory.
Therefore, in order to evaluate the role of only CCK, it is important to
separate the action of CCK from that of the VIP. Also, in order to determine
possible overlapping action of the two peptides, it is important to study
possible interaction of the two peptide at receptor sites. Although SP is
not localized in cell bodies in the colon (Da1sgaard ~ al., 1983) but rather
contained in fibers crossing the IMG with terminals in the colon and cell
bodies in the DRG (Elfvin & Dalsgaard, 1977; Hokfelt ~ a1., 1977; Oalsgaard
~ al., 1982a, 1983), it could be involved in reflex activity between the
colon and IMG neurons. Furthermore, although SP fibers do not terminate in
the IMG, they effect synapse with their axonal collaterals (Baker ~ al.,
1980). In so doing, SP can mediate the colon reflex through both central and
peripheral mechanism. The latter mechanism is known to be involved in the
so-called axon reflex (Hinsey & Gasser, 1930). Accordingly, it was
important to evaluate the action of just CCK by studying the possible
interaction between SP and CCK.
4.12 Interaction ~ Cholecystokinin ~ Vasoactive
Intestinal Inhibitory Peptide
190
No detailed pharmacology of the interactions of CCK and VIP with
their receptors has yet been carried out. However, some light has been shed
on this point from studies on VIP effects on exocrine pancreas (Christophe &
Robberecht, 1982). An in vivo interplay of CCK hormone and the
neurotransmitter VIP is rendered plausible when one considers their
synergistic action in vitro on rat and guinea pig pancreatic acinar cells.
Indeed, when CCK and VIP are administered in combination (i.e., when a
secretagogue that increase cyclic GMP and another one that increases cyclic
AMP are used together), the resulting hypersecretion of hydrolases from rat
pancreatic fragments and dispersed guinea pig lobules is greater than that
obtained with one secretagogue only (Deschodt-Lanckman ~ a1., 1975; Peikin
.!.Eo a1., 1978). lE,vivo, the combination of VIP with CCK8 or caeru1ein results
in increased bicarbonate and protein secretion (Konturek ~ a1., 1976) from
dog and cat pancreas. These effects are more evident in bicarbonate than on
protein secretion. However, since the IMG differed from the pancreatic
acinar cells in responding to various molecular forms of CCK, interpretations
from the interaction of CCK and VIP on the pancreas should be considered very
cautiously.
VIP is located in cell bodies in the intramural ganglia of the colon
and in intrinsic neurons to the IMG (Dalsgaard ~ al., 1983). From the
preliminary experiments of the present studies, VIP proved potent excitant to
a popUlation of IMG neurons. However, its evoked slow depolarization was
frequently preceded by slow hyperpolarization. Nonetheless, it could be
191
argued that the depolarization is elicited via CCK receptor. The situation
could be resolved using specific VIP and CCK antagonists. Unfortunately,
there is no specific antagonist for these peptides available. Tests for
cross desensitization, as an alternative, may disclose their overlapping or
separate activities. The present data suggested that VIP does not interact
with CCK receptor. Thus, even though the neurons showed desensitized
response for VIP with continual application of large doses, it was still fully
responsive to CCK8 • Indeed, on a large number of occasions the tenth
application of VIP caused CCK response to be enhanced. Therefore, from the
data obtained by examining cross desensitization on neuron of guinea pig IMG,
one can conclude that CCK8 action on the IMG is a specific action without any
overlapping effect of VIP.
4.13 Interaction ~ Cholecystokinin and Substance f
CCK-like iuununoreactivity has been found in peripheral nerves and in
about 10-25% of small type B cells of dorsal root ganglia (Vanderhaegen~
al., 1980; Lundberg ~.!i:.., 1978; Dockray ~ al., 1981; Dalsgaard ~ .!i:..,
1982b). There is evidence for co-existence of CCK- and SP-like
iuununoreactivities in a population of small primary sensory neurons
(Dalsgaard ~ al., 1982b), which explains the similarity of the distribution
of these two peptides in the dorsal horn (Jansco ~ al., 1981). CCK-positive
fiber networks were found to be present at all levels of the spinal cord, but
the superficial laminae of the dorsal horn are particularly rich in CCK-like
immunoreactivity (Larsson & Rehfeld, 1979; Loren ~ al. ,1979; Gaudreau ~
al., 1983; Marley ~.!i:.., 1982; Gibson~ al., 1981; Haderdrut ~ al., 1982;
192
Schultzberg ~~, 1982; Mantyh & Hunt, 1984). Some of these networks
probably originate from small dorsal root cells (Dalsgaard ~~, 1982a;
Hokfelt~al., 1980a). There is also evident for CCK-like immunoreactive
neurons containing SP in the midbrain periaqueducta1 gray (Skirboll ~ a1. ,
1982) and for CCK-positive neurons in the rat medulla oblongata (Mantyh &
Hunt, 1984) that project to the spinal cord.
However, data obtained by radioimmunoassay studies on the
distribution of CCK-1ike immunoreactivity in the rat spinal cord are not
entirely consistent with the histochemical data. While CCK-like
immunoreactivity studied by radioimmunoassay confirmed the presence of CCK
at all levels of the cord, it did not detect any CCK in sensory roots or sensory
ganglia. In addition, neither dorsal rhizotomy nor combined ventral and
dorsal rhizotomies modified CCK levels within the dorsal and ventral parts of
the spinal cord. Neonatal capsaicin treatment had no effect on ventral cord
CCK and even caused a small increase in dorsal cord amounts (Marley ~~,
1982). These data point out that most of the CCK8 present in rat spinal cord
is not of primary sensory origin and that CCK8 in the dorsal horn is localized
to either descending or intrinsic neurons to the spinal cord (Marley ~ a1. ,
1982; Schu1tzberg ~ al., 1982). Alternatively, CCK, is present in
capsaicin-resistant sensory fibers, or it might represent a unique species of
CCK-re1ated peptides. The nature of the material demonstrated by
immunohistochemistry remains to be established.
Since SP has been thought to mediate slow depolarization in guinea
pig IMG by a mechanism similar to axon reflex (Da1sgaard ~~, 1983),
possible interaction b'etween SP and CCK should be investigated. In the
present experiments, the membrane effects of CCKS and SP on the same neurons
193
of the guinea pig IMG were investigated to determine the relative
sensitivities of the neuron toward each peptide. Although both peptides
depolarized the membrane of IMG neurons and increased their excitability, the
depolarizing potency and the percentage of responsive cells were higher for
SP than for CCKS (see Results Section). To analyze the possible interaction
between CCKS and SP at SP and CCK receptor sites, SP analogues (as spantide)
with antagonistic properties was implemented. It was found that a great
majority of the neurons excited by SP could also be excited by CCKS • This
qualitative similarity of action between CCKS and SP, tested under the same
experimental conditions, suggests that they might be sharing a common
neuronal mechanism. Such a mechanism could be presynaptic, that is the
peptides might release one or several presynaptic excitatory
neurotransmitters, or more likely a postsynaptic mechanism, either at a
receptor or ionic channel level. Although there are data suggesting
presynaptic actions for SP (Murase & Randic, 1984; Murase ~.!h, 19S2) and
for CCKS (present results; Nemeth ~.!h, 1985), there are data demonstrating
a direct excitatory postsynaptic effect for both SP (Murase ~ a1., 1982; Dun
& Minolta, 19S1) and CCKS (present results; Dodd & Kelly, 1981). However,
the present data obtained with (D-Arg1 , D-Pr02 , D-Trp7, 9, Leull )-SP clearly
show that CCKS and SP do not act at the same receptor site.
4.14 Role.£f Cholecystokinin in Transmission of Guinea Pig ~
Cholecystokinin has been localized within the IMG of the guinea pig
in nerve fibers whose cell bodies lie in the wall of the large intestine
(Dalsgaard ~ a1., 19S3). Because of the location of these neurons, they are
194
potential mediator of the slow depolarization induced by distension of the
colon (Peters & Kreulen, 1986; Kreulen & Peters, 1986). Indeed the presence
of immunoreactivity for vasoactive intestinal polypeptide, bombesin and
dynorphin in addition to CCK within myenteric neurons of the colon that
project to the prevertebral ganglia has made them putative neurotransmitters
in the colonic mechanosensory pathway. Originally, SP was suggested as the
transmitter of the nerve stimulation-evoked slow depolarization (Konishi ~
al., 1979; Dun, 1980). However, because depletion of SP by treatment of
animals with capsaicin (Peters & Kreulen, 1984) does not completely eliminate
slow depolarization, other peptides in addition to SP may mediate the slow
potentials. The findings that CCK8 produces a slow depolarization similar
in many respects to both the nerve-evoked slow depolarization and the colon
distension-induced slow depolarization and that CCKS desensitized the
response of the neuron to both stimulation and colon distension support this
earlier contention. The reduction of the amplitude of the nerve
stimulation-evoked slow depolarization by desensitization to the
depolarizing effects of CCK8 in 50% of cells tested suggest that, at least,
part of these desensitizations were mediated by CCKS or by any of its related
peptide released from the nerve fiber. Similar interpretation can be
deduced from the desensitization of equal percentage (50%) of the neurons
tested in response to colon distension. The possibility that cross
desensitization to the depolarizing effects of SP or VIP by CCK-like peptides
was ruled out by the present experiments. Therefore, the identity of the
neurotransmitter can be confirmed to be CCKS or one of its related peptide.
The importance of isolating and chemically characterizing the CCK
like material localized by immunohistochemistry in the dorsal horn of the
195
spinal cord cannot be overemphasized, until this is achieved it will not be
possible to fully understand the neurochemical and neurophysiological
aspects and the possible role of CCK in sensory transmission in the central
reflex involving the visceral afferents. The release of any CCK-related
peptide from nerve terminals in the IMG also has to be established to confirm
the involvement of CCK as a sensory neurotransmitter in peripheral reflex
involving IMG and the colon. Clearly, the action of CCK need not be
restricted to the tonic modulation of neuronal excitability and could
function as a transmitter or co-transmitter at conventional excitatory
synapses.
4.15 Characterization ~ Cell Types in the Rabbit IMG
The purpose of extending the present studies to include rabbit IMG
was to evaluate the role of CCK as a neurotransmitter in different mammalian
species IMG. However, it was important to first electrophysiologically
characterize rabbit IMG. By electophysiologically characterizing the IMG
of the rabbit, the present studies helped widen the survey that has been
pursued to study the IMG among various species like cat, guinea pig, and dog.
Although the guinea pig IMG have been studied fairly well, the other species
ganglia could also be considered centers for integrative role. They contain
various types of cells having regularly and irregularly spontaneous activity
beside the tonic and phasic activity. As shown from the present studies, the
rabbit IMG exhibited in vitro all these activities making possible the using
of the rabbit as a practical laboratory animal for studying other neuronal
activities not seen in guinea pig IMG. Moreover, the rabbit IMG showed
196
different types of slow responses: it exhibited a complex slow-IPSP.
Neurons in rabbit IMG adapt fast to the stimulus parameters-e.g.,
intensity, frequency, and duration. For example, some tonic cells behaved
as phasic or almost less excitable when subjected to more than 200 msec pulse
of constant depolarizing current or to constant depolarizing D.C. Under
these conditions the traces of these cells underwent "damped oscillation" and
their firing was terminated in the continuous presence of the stimulus.
Similar responses were observed with phasic cells. On the other hand,
although infrequent, some not directly excitable cells responded as phasic
when increasing either the intensity or the frequency of the stimulus. All
the afromentioned cases do not support the idea of classifying the cells as
tonic or phasic; rather, it suggests that the cell might have different states
of activities under particular circumstances. These observations have not
been reported in the cases of other species.
Cells in the rabbit IMG could be classified into three types - non
spontaneously, spontaneously regular and spontaneously irregular firing
neurons. The non-spontaneously firing cells are more abundant (105 out of
280 cells tested) than the other two groups (only 23 cells); these cells are
with relatively higher resting membrane potential and lower input
resistance. They elicit action potential(s) only to direct and/or indirect
stimulation expressing either phasic or tonic activity. In addition, they
always receive some synpatic input. On the other hand, both the irregularly
and the regularly firing neurons have continouous spontaneous activity.
However, they are of two distinct personalities. The irregularly firing
neurons exhibit spontaneous release of a neurotransmiter (apparently ACh) as
reflected by the occurrence of miniature potentials and fast EPSP I S in their
197
traces. These potentials also gave rise to some action potentials, and were
not abolished by imposing hyperpolarizing current pulses. In addition, the
cells responded to both direct and indirect stimulation and received synaptic
input so that any of these means (in addition to probably antidromic means)
may trigger their spontaneous firing seen after stopping the stimulus. On
the contrary, the regularly firing neurons seem not to be affected by any
synaptic input, for stimulating the nerves did not alter the frequencies or
amplitude of their pacemaking activity. Same result was obtained when
stimulating the pacemakers directly, despite the appearance of the evoked
spike in the trace in either case. They are cells behaving as pacemakers
without the need for an initial trigger. Like the other cells, they receive
four synpatic inputs and respond to direct stimulation (injecting current
through the soma). However, neither routes did affect the frequency of
firing. This does suggest that the rhythmicity is an intrinsic property of
the cells. Interestingly, our result showed that rhythmically active cells
can be further categorized into further two subtypes: one that comprised
neurons firing with time-dependent increase in frequency. Indeed, the cells
terminate their firing with unknown reasons when they reach very high level of
oscillation. The other remaining subtype of the pacemaking neurons included
those neurons that adapted most of the time to only one level of frequency.
This later subtype were more numerous than the former subtype. Similar
neurons have been reported in the IMG of the dog (King & Szurszewski, 19ij4a).
The morphology of rabbit IMG differs from the morphology of some
species ganglia. The ganglion main lobe (and even the small lobe) is larger
than and more distinct from either the cat (Jule & Szurszewski, 1983) or
guinea pig ganglia (Crowcroft & Szurszewski, 1971). In this respect it is
198
similar to the dog IMG (King & Szurszewski, 1984a) where the ganglion does not
comprise small scattered lobes a pattern seen in cat (Jule & Szurszewski,
1983) and human (Kuntz, 1940). Various aspects of the electrical properties
and cell types of IMG neuron is discussed below.
4.16 Characterization of Synaptic Transmission in ~ Rabbit IMG
Compared with other prevertebral ganglia (Kreulen & Szurszewski,
1979; Szurszewski, 1981; Simmons, 1985), passive and active properties of
rabbit IMG neurons showed similarity. However, in estimating the rheobase,
we got higher value which may be attributed to the phenomenon of
accommodation. Indeed, the membrane of some neurons accommodated fast. By
the same token, this also might have affected the derivation of Rin to result
in lower values for these particular cells.
Many fibers in any peripheral or central nerve bundle made synapse
with each ganglion cell. The convergence phenomenon has been reported in
guinea pig IMG (Szurszewski, 1981). The phenomenon reflects the existence
of nerve fibers of different diameter and/or length impinging on one cell in
the ganglion. Accordingly higher levels of the stimulus cause recruitment
of more than one synaptic response. Furthermore, one cannot ignore the
possibility of the existence of an interneuron which may take part in the
response. As far as regional organization of synaptic input is concerned, it
appeared to be randomized. In this connection, the IMG of the rabbit is
comparable with IMG of the dog (King & Szurszewski, 1984a) and guinea pig
(Crowcroft & Szurszewski, 1971) and incomparable to that of the cat (Jule &
Szurszewski, 1983).
199
There are species differences regarding the time course and
pharmacology of the slow-EPSP and slow-IPSP (Libet, 1970; Kuba & Koketsu,
1978; Hartzell, 1981; Sejowski, 1982; Simmons, 1985). The slow-IPSP
appeared to comprise multiple components of different pharmacology. It may
consist of the component representing the summation of the after
hyperpolarization that succeeds the action potentials of the trains
(Szurszewski & Weems, 1978) as indicated by nicotinic blockade; muscarinic
component as revealed by atropinic blockade; and/or noncho1inergic
(purinergic or peptidergic) component. When using K2S04 electrode, this
latter component was shown from the incomplete abolishment of the slow-IPSP
by hexamethonium or atropine. There was an interrelationship between the
slow-EPSP and IPSP as it was implied in what seems to be a "membrane cycle of
response". Morever, this interrelationship represent the time-dependent
properties of the slow potentials as indicated from the effect of the interval
between train of stimulation on the amplitude and duration of the slow
potentials. It was found that a reproducible response could be obtained if
the time elapsed between two successive train was at least 6 min. Shorter
duration between trains resulted in depression and increase of amplitude
slow-EPSP and slow-IPSP, respectively. The depression in slow-EPSP evoked
by successive trains which were separated with short duration could be
explained at least in part by the ensuing desensitization.
The present study suggests the possibility of using the rabbit IMG to
study phenomena such as continuous activity and both hyperpolarizing and
depolarizing noncholinergic potentials not seen in guinea pig IMG. This
will be particularly of utmost importance if it helps elucidate possible
mechanisms of integration in this ganglion.
200
4.17 Possible Purinergic Mediation in ~ Slow Hyperpolarization
in Rabbit IMG - --
The lack of information about possible CCK or related peptide
localization in rabbit colon encouraged me to look for other possible
mediator for reflex activity between colon and IMG of the rabbit. New
insight into purinergic transmission in ganglia have been provided by recent
electrophysiological studies of which the following are just examples.
Akasu and his colleagues (Akasu ~ al., 1984) conclude that purinergic
transmission may occur in some autonomic ganglia. Slow hyperpolarizing
potentials in cat vesical parasympathetic ganglia produced by stimulating
the preganglionic nerves appear to be mediated by adenosine (Akasu ~ al. ,
1984). Adenosine has also been shown to inhibit the voltage-dependent Ca2+
current via activation of Pl-purinoceptors on postganglionic neurons of the
rat superior cervical ganglion (Henon & McAfee, 1983). However, much less is
known about the role of purines in sympathetic prevertebral ganglia.
The experimental results revealed the components of the slow
hyperpolarization elicited by presynaptic stimulation of any of the four
nerve trunks attached to the IMG of the rabbit. After removal of the
cholinergic nicotinic and muscarinic components using hexamethonium and
atropine respectively, a residual noncholinergic component persists. This
latter component could be produced by adenosine in a medium containing high
Ca2+/low Mg2+ and a mixture of atropine and hexamethonium. The action of
adenosine can be further potentiated by dipyridamole (adenosine uptake
blocker). Moreover, dipyridamole, in the absence of adenosine, simulated
201
the effect of adenosine on the slow potentials. It enhanced the amplitude
and duration of the slow hyperpolarization and depressed those of the slow
depolarization. These studies demonstrate some unique characteristics of
the rabbit IMG compared to this ganglion in the guinea pig or other species.
Supporting the conclusion is the observation that a,S methylene ATP has
different actions in the IMGneurons of guinea pig and rabbit respectively.
The compound applied by pressure ejection produced a slow hyperpolarization
preceding the slow depolarization elicited in neurons of rabbit IMG. This
slow hyperpolarization imitates in the time course and amplitude the slow
hyperpolarization produced in the ganglion by presynaptic repetitive
stimulation.
4.18 Peptides and Colon Distension Responses in Rabbit IMG
In contrast to the response elicited in guinea pig IMG by colon
distension, there was no similar response evoked in rabbit IMG neurons.
Surprisingly, the cholinergic input from the colon represented in guinea pig
IMG neurons as continuous, fast, synaptic activities is absent in the rabbit
IMG. Very little spontaneous miniature potential can be seen occasionally.
Upon distending the colon, no slow depolarization was detected. In the
contrary, colon distension in the rabbit produces frequent slow
hyperpolarization that simulates the time course characteristics and the
amplitude of the slow hyperpolarization elicited by adenosine or by a,S
methylene ATP. There has been no attempt to localize peptidergic neuron in
both the colon or the IMG of the rabbit. On the other hand, purinergic
neurons (noncholinergic and nonadrenergic) in the colon of the rabbit have
202
been localized (Burnstock, 1972; Small, 1972; Gillepsie, 1934). These
neurons are described as intrinsic to the colon and having intramural
connections with cholinergic neurons. Such purinergic neurons could
somehow play the sensory role in the peripheral reflex activity between the
colon and the IMG of the rabbit. In this context, processes extending from
the cell bodies could be the afferent limb in this reflex. Again, these
observations demonstrate some unique characteristics of the rabbit IMG
compared to this ganglion in other species: continuous activity and both
hyperpolarizing and depolarizing noncholinergic synaptic potentials. The
present results differ however from those reported by Dun and Simmons (1985),
in that there was no atropine sensitive slow depolarization.
It was interesting to test the effect of peptides on neurons of rabbit
IMG to determine the sensitivity of these neurons to the peptides already
tested on neurons of guinea pig !MG. Again, SP, CCK8NS and VIP proved
excitatory in some neurons. All produced slow depolarizations very similar
in characteristics to those seen in the guinea pig IMG in terms of amplitude,
time course, and superimposed neuronal discharge. However, under the light
that there is no attempt to localized neuronactive peptide cell bodies in
either the colon or the IMG, the importance of these excitatory actions in
physiological functions cannot be determined. Simmons and Dun (1985)
reported that rabbit IMG neurons were less sensitive to SP than those of
guinea pig IMG. SP depolarized only 33% of the cells in the rabbit IMG
(Simmons & Dun, 1985) compared to 90% in the guinea pig (Dun & Minota, 1981).
The SP depolarization in 60% of the sensitive neurons in rabbit IMG was
accompanied by a decrease in Rin unlike the slow depolarization elicited by
stimulation in this species ganglion, which was never accompanied by a Rin
203
decrease. SP application did not result in a desensitization of the slow
depolarization elicited by electrical stimulation. SP antagonists did not
affect the slow depolarization produced by stimulation. Capsaicin had no
effect on the rabbit IMG cells or on the slow depolarization (Simmons & Dun,
1985). These data suggest that SP is not the chemical mediator of the slow
depolarization in the rabbit IMG. Although the compound involved remains to
be determined, adenosine or one of its analogues could be a potential putative
neurotransmitter in this ganglion.
4.19 Stability of ~holecystokinin-Related Peptide
The present results revealed that CCKaNS inside the micropipette,
used for pressure ejection, is stable ,')ver a period of ten hours. One major
concern was the adsorbing surface of the pipette glass. However, HPLC
analysis did not show any decremental amount of CCKaNS that could be
attributed to the effect of glass. Chromatographic data did not reveal any
fragment eluted during the period of ten hours. Therefore, the proposed
actions, described in the result section, for CCKaNS were belonging to that
peptide species. Upon superfusion, the concentration of the peptide follow
first order kinetics to reach equilibrium in the recording chamber.
However, the time required to reach equilibrium varied from trial to trial for
unknown reasons. The erratic behavior of CCKaNS accumulation may be
responsible for desensitizing some neurons before others due to different
rate of peptide delivery by supefusion. Desensitization may explain the
lower incidence of depolarizing effects when CCKa is applied by superfusion
compared to when it is applied by pressure ejection from micropipettes. This
204
is supported by the observation that superfusion of CCKa' which of itself does
not depolarize a neuron, will desensitize that neuron to subsequent pressure
ejection of CCKa' Interestingly enough, before superfusion, the samples
taken from the recording chamber were shown in the chromatogram to contain
traces of CCKaNS. If this finding was not an artifact, one could .deduce that
the ganglion releases CCKaNS or a related peptide. In this contention, the
release of CCK will compliment and fulfill all the criteria needed for CCKaNS
to be a neurotransmitter mediating reflex activity between colon and IMG.
However, to establish the release of CCK, radioimmunoassay combined with HPLC
need to be utilized. This latter step is left to future studies.
4.20 Concluding Remarks
It is clear that the guinea pig IMG is more complicated than was
previously assumed. An increasing number of new neuropeptide
transmitter/modulator candidates in addition to ACh and norepinephrine have
been found. The very same neuropeptides can simultanesouly be localized in
several systems, i.e. sensory, sympathetic and gut neurons. From the
general distribution pattern in the peripheral nervous system, the candidate
peptides and the established monoamine transmitters constitute the following
neural pathways to this particulr ganglion. Sympathetic motor nerves
contain preganglionic neurons ultizing ACh as their transmitter. The
postganglionic fibers employ norephinephrine as a transmitter to the distal
colon and pelvic organs. Gut neurons contain ACh, SP, VIP and CCK. Sensory
nerves include SP, VIP and CCK. The major cholinergic synatpic inputs to the
principal ganglion cells in the IMG are supplied by preganglionic and enteric
205
fibers. Therefore, both central and peripheral control of intestinal
motility can be effected. Furthermore, it is not surprising that the
ganglion is still capable of controlling the motility after
decentralization. The more effective treatment required to eliminate the
capability of the IMG in controlling the motility is transection of the lumbar
colonic nerves.
As far as the neuropeptides are concerned, SP, VIP and CCK are present
in gut neurons and sensory nerves. SP is present in (1) sensory neurons of
spinal ganglia passing with peripheral branches through splanchnic nerves,
and (2) intrinsic gut neurons innervating ganglia and smooth muscles. VIP is
observed in (1) local gut neurons some of which project back onto IMG neurons,
(2) sensory neurons of the spinal ganglia extending through splanchnic nerves
and passing through the ganglion and (3) intrinsic neurons to IMG. CCK is
seen in (1) sensory neurons of spinal ganglia extending into sciatic nerves
and (2) a few gut neurons, partly projecting back to IMG. Accordingly, SP,
VIP, and CCK share a common feature which is their presence in primary
afferent fibers with cell bodies in the spinal ganglia and projecting onto IMG
neurons. However, it is not known which sensory cell is somatic and which is
autonomic. On the other hand, VIP and CCK are present in cell bodies in the
intramural ganglia of the colon and terminating on cells in the IMG. In so
being, VIP and CCK periphral pathways to the ganglion are purely autonomic
sensory pathways. Therefore, reflex activity between colon and IMG may
include local, peripheral, and central reflex operations.
Coordination of gut motility requires more than one type of reflex
and, probably, more than one neurotransmitter. Local reflex can be achieved
by enteric neural circuits. Peripheral reflex is operated directly by IMG as
206
an integrating center without the involvement of any central influences.
The transmitter( s) mediating this reflex may be the one( s) in neurons arising
from the colon and terminating in the IMG, i.e. VIP or CCK. Peripheral reflex
could also be achieved by axon reflex. It has early been proposed that SP is
involved in antidromic vasodilatation. SP has recently been found to be
released via nerve stimulation in the dental pulp probably from sensory nerve
(Olgarth ~ a1., 1977). The central reflex is performed through the primary
afferents and central integrating structures in the spinal cord. For this
reflex, SP has been proposed as the main neurotransmitter earring sensory
infromation from the gut. Despite the presence of the other peptides (VIP
and CCK) in the primary afferents, no attempt has been made to evaluate their
role in conveying sensory information from the gut. All these types of
reflexes and transmitters may be put into use, individually or in
combination, depen4ing on the type of stimulus to the gut i.e. nociceptive
mechanic, or chemical.
The finding that very little of the SP is transported into the central
branch is surprising in relation to the suggested role of SP as a sensory
transmitter (Otsuka & Takahashi, 1977). As previous studies (Gamse ~ al.,
1979; Gilbert~ a1., 1980) on SP in peripheral branches have also suggested,
much of the SP in the axon is probably stationary and a velocity of 5-6 nun/hr
seems accurate (Lundberg ~ al., 1980). The retrograde transport from the
peripheral branch was small. Thus, a major proportion of the SP is either
degraded locally or released from the distal branches. The slow axonal
transport of SP is better appreciated when considering the long pathways of
the primary afferent to the viscera. On the other hand, it is clear that
there are shorter peripheral afferent pathways such as those originating from
207
the colon and terminating in the IMG. These latter pathways implement CCK or
VIP as their putative sensory neurotransmitters. It could be possible that
the primary afferent pathways are devoted for long term information
processing, while the peripheral sensory fibers for short term responses.
In this connection, the enteric circuits are implemented for immediate
responding to local stimuli in the gut. All in all, the various type of
reflexes and transmitters can be visualized as versatile mechanisms for
expeditious controlling of gut motility.
The present results confirm and extend many earlier
electrophysiological and immunohistochemical studies on peripheral reflex,
between colon and IMG, utilizing peptide systems. In this respect, they
reinforce the sensory neurotransmitter role for CCK in conveying information
from the distal colon to the postganglionic neurons of the IMG. The results
also elaborate on fulfilling the rest of the neurotransmitter criteria for
CCK in the IMG in terms of mechanism of action, receptors, null potential and
ionic conductance changes, sites of action and desensitization. The present
results also shed light on modes of ganglionic transmission among mammalian
species and evaluated the role of peptides in the transmission in these
species ganglia. The extended finding that CCK can release ACh and
potentiates its actions presents an elegant example of synergism of two
transmitter (on~ is peptide and the other is monoamine). The presence of a
separate population of neurons with receptors specific for CCK and the
absence of overlapping between CCK and VIP or SP effects, as shown by the
present results, emphasize the neurotransmitter action of CCK in conveying
particular information. The following functional hypothesis can,
therefore, be proposed: Peripheral afferent neurons with cell bodies in the
208
distal colon and projecting onto guinea pig IMG cells utilize CCK as a sensory
neurotransmitter when activated via colon mechanoreceptors to initiate
reflex activity between the colon and the IMG.
guinea pig.
Fig. 54 depicts the reflex in
Finally, the present findings created interesting aspects to be
considered for future research. For instance, the observation that the IMG
may release CCK will require the use of the radioimmunassay combined with HPLC
to establish the physiological release of CCK from the ganglion. Also, the
present studies emphasize the development of specific CCK antagonists or the
use of antibodies to further confirm the sensory neurotransmitter role of
CCK. Furthermore, the present studies elaborate on the methodological
aspects of drug application. They indicated the advantages of applying
peptide by pressure microejection over the superfusion of the peptide.
Fig. 54. guinea pig.
Cholinergic and noncholinergic pathways to and from inferior mesenteric ganglion of
The pathways depicted connect the ganglion with the distal segment of the colon and with the spinal cord.
COLON IMG SPINAL CORD
SP
ACH
NE
Fig. 54. Cholinergic and noncholinergic pathways to and from inferior mesenteric ganglion of guinea pig.
N o \0
SUMMARY
A. On neurons of guinea .E!£ IMG, CCKa
(1) is a potent excitatory peptide,
(2) induces reversible, noncholinergic, slow
depolarization,
(3) decreases input resistance in the majority of
neurons, and
(4) shows sigmoid, saturable, dose-response
relationShip.
B. From the molecular forms ~ CCK and related peptides,
(1) forms (CCKaNS, CCKaS, CCK30- 33 , and CCK27- 33 ) are
active on neurons of guinea pig IMG,
(2) CCKaS (EDSO = 2.2~ 0.4 pmo1e) is less potent than
the CCKSNS (EDsO = 1.1 + 0.5 pmo1es), the
nonsulfated form is as equipotent as CCK30- 33 , and
(3) gastrin 1 (human) and caerulein are also active.
C. Ionic mechanism ~ action of CCKa shows
(1) in the majority of 6% neurons, the amplitude of CCKS
potential increases with hyperpolarization,
(2) CCKa null potential in these neurons is 36 .:!:. 9.3 mV,
and
210
211
(3) GNa activation and Gk inactivation underlie CCKa-
induced slow depolarization.
D. CCK-induced tachyphylaxis is suggested ~
(1) CCKa desensitizes the response to its action, and
(2) CCKa desensitizes the response induced by
repetitive stimulation in 50% of neurons.
However, CCKa enhances the response to repetitive
stimulation in 25% of neurons.
E. Sites _o_f _C_CK_ ..;;;a;.;.c.;;.t.;;;.io.;;..n~ are:
(1) direct postsynaptic action as revealed by the
persistence of the depolarization in low calcium
medium and by the enhancement in fast EPSP
amplitude, and
(2) presynaptic action as indicated by the increase in
fast EPSP frequency and by the reduction of the
depolarization with TTX.
F. Correlation between CCKa and other peptides _i_n _t_h_e IMG
indicates:
(1) SP and CCKa do not interact at the same receptor
sites,
(2) SP does not cross desensitize the response to CCKa ,
and
(3) VIP does not cross desensit ize the response to CCKa •
G. CCK and neurotransmitter criteria shows: -- -- ~;...;;;.;;..;;...;~~~-.;..~..;.
(1) CCK-like immunoreactive neurons are with cell
bodies in the intramural ganglia of the colon and
212
fibers projecting onto neurons of the IMG,
(2) CCKa-slow depolarization mimics the noncholinergic
depolarizations induced either by colon distension
or by repetitive stimulation of lumbar colonic
nerve,
(3) CCKa effects a reversible, dose-dependent,
saturable response indicative of a pharmacological
receptor, and
(4) CCKa desensitizes the response either to repetitive
stimulation or to colon distension in 50% of
neurons. All these data support the hypothesis
that CCKa or a related peptide is a putative
neurotransmitter mediating reflex activity between
the colon and the IMG of guinea pig.
H. Pressure ejection versus superfusion indicates:
(1) only 20% of cells tested depolarized to supefused
CCKa while nintyfive percent of cells depolarized
to pressure-ejected CCKa,
(2) supefused CCKa reaches equilibrium in the bath
after various times; In some cases the cell
desensitizes before it depolarizes, and
(3) the response to pressure ejected CCK shows rise time
and duration comparable with those shown by
repetitive stimulation.
I. In rabbit IMG neurons,
(1) passive and active electrical membrane properties
213
of the neurons are similar to those in other species
ganglia,
(2) neurons show spontaneous irregular synaptic or pace
making activity,
(3) slow hyperpolarization contains components that
are noncholinergic (purinergic or peptidergic);
and cholinergic nicotinic and muscarinic; slow
depolarization is noncholinergic,
(4) CCKS ' SP, and VIP excite some neurons in the !MG, but
the physiological significance of this finding is
unknown, and
(5 ) colon distension does not induce slow
depolarization or increase asynchoronous
continuous synaptic cholinergic input to IMG.
REFERENCES
Adams, P.R. and Brown, D.A. (1980): Lutenizing hormone re1easin~ factor and muscarinic agonists act on the same voltage sensitive K current in bullfrog sympathetic ganglia. Br. J. Pharmaco1. 68, 353-355.
Adrian, E.D., Bronk, D.W. and Phillips, G. (1932): Discharge in mammalian sympathetic nerves. J. Physio1. 74, 115-133.
Akasu, T., Shinnick-Gallagher, P. and Gallagher, J.P. (1984): Adenosine mediates a slow hyperpolarizing synaptic potential in autonomic neurones. Nature 311, 62-65.
Appenzeller, O. (1982): The autonomic nervous system, an introduction to basic and clinical concepts. 3rd Ed., pp. 524, Elsevier Biomedical Press.
Araki, T. and Otani, T. (1955): Response of single motoneurons to direct stimulation in toad's spinal cord. J. Neurophysio1. 18, 472-485.
Archakova, L.I., Bu1ygin, I.A. and Netukova, N.I. (1982): The ultrastructural organization of sympathetic ganglia of the cat. J. Autonom. Nerv. Syst. 6, 83-93.
Baker, S.C., Cuello, A.C. and Matthews, Margaret R. (1980): Substance Pcontaining synapses in a sympathetic ganglion, and their possible origin as co11atera1s from sensory nerve fibers. J. Physio1. 308, 76P-77P.
Bayliss, W.M. and Starling, E.A. (1900): The movement and the innervation of the large intestine. J. Physio1. 26, 107-118.
Beinfe1d, M.C. (1983): Cholecystokinin in the central nervous system: Amini review. Neuropeptides 3, 411-427.
Blackman, J.G., Crowcroft, P.J., Devine, C.E., Holman, Mollie E. and Yonemura, K. (1969): Transmission from preganglionic fibers in the hypogastric nerve to peripheral ganglia of male guinea pigs. J. Physio1. 201, 723-743.
Bloom, F. E. (1974): To spritz or not to spritz: the doubtful value of aimless iontophoresis. Life Sci. 14, 1819-1834.
Bodanszky, J., Martinez, J., Priestley, G.P., Gardner, J.D. and Hutt, V. (1978): Cholecystokinin (Pancreozymin). 4. Synthesis and properties of a biologically active analogue of the C -terminal heptapeptide with €-hydroxynor1eucine sulfate replacing tyrosine sulfate. J.
214
215
Med. Chem. 21, 1030-1035.
Brace, R.A. (1977): Fitting straight lines to experimental data. Am. J. Physiol. 233, R94-R99.
Brooks, P.A. and Kelly, J.S. (1985): Cholecystokinin as a potent excitant of neurons of the dentate grus of rats. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 361-374.
Brown, G.L. and Pascoe, J.E. (1952): Conduction through the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the rabbit. J. Physiol. 118, 113-123.
Brownstein, M.J., Mroz, E.A., Kizer, J.S., Palkovits, M. and Leeman, S.E. (1976): Regional distribution of substance P in the brain of the rat. Brain Res. 116, 299-305.
Burnstock, G. (1972): Purinergic Nerves. Pharmacol. Rev. 24, 509-581.
Byrne, J.H. (1981): Intracellular stimulation, In Electrical stimulation research techniques. In: "Methods in Physiological Psychology" (eds. Patterson, M.M. and Kesner, R.P:TVol. III Academic Press, pp. 37-59.
Chiodo, L.A. and Bunney, B.S. (1983): Prog1umide: Selective antagonism of excitatory effects of cholecystokinin in central nervous system. Sci. 219, 1449-1451.
Christophe, J. and Robberecht (1982): Effect of VIP on the exocrine pancreas. In: "Vasoactive Intestinal Peptide, Advances in Peptide Hormone Research Series" (ed. Said, S.) Raven Press, New York, pp. 235-262.
Christophe, J., Svoboda, M., Calderon-Atlas, P., Lambert, M., VandermeersPiret, M. C., Vandermeers, M., Deschodt-Lanckman and Robberecht, P. (1980): In: "Gastrointestinal Hormones" (ed. Glass, G.B.J.) Raven Press, New York, pp. 451-476.
Clark, C.R., Daum, P., Graham, W. and Hughes, J. (1984): Determination of the specificity of the mouse c.n.s. cholecystokinin receptor using two radiolabelled probes. J. Physiol. 354, #58.
Clark, C.R., Daum, P. and Hughes, J. (1985): Lack of competition between two reputed peripheral cholecystokinin receptor antagonists for central cholecystokinin binding sites. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.-N.) pp. 581-582. Ann. NY Acad. Sci.
Cohen, S.L., Knight, M., Tamminga, C.A. and Chase, T.N. (1982): Cholecystokinin octapeptide effects on conditioned avoidance behavior, stereotypy and catalepsy. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 83, 213-222.
216
Collins, S.M. and Gardner, J.D. (1982): Proglumide is a specific antagonist of the action of cholecystokinin on isolated smooth muscle cell from guinea pig stomach. Gastroenterology 82, 1035.
Collins, S., Walker, D., Forsyth, P. and Belbeck, L. (1983): The effects of proglumide on cholecystokinin, bombesin and glucagon-induced satiety in the rat. Life Sci. 32, 2223-2229.
Crawley, J .N. (1985a): Comparative distribution of cholecystokinin and other neuropeptide: Why is this peptide different from all other peptides? In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds., Vanderhaeghen, J • -J • and Crawley, J.N.) New York Academy of Sciences, Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 1-8, 1985a.
Crawley, J.N. (1985b): Cholecystokinin potentiation of dopamine-mediated behaviors in the nuc leus accumbens. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.N.) New York Academy of Sciences. Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 283-292, 1985b.
Crowcroft, P.J., Holman, Mollie E. and Szurszewski, J.H. (1971a): Excitatory input from the distal colon to the inferior mesenteric ganglion on the guinea pig. J. Physiol. 219, 443-461.
Crowcroft, P.J., Jarrot, B. and Ostberg, A. (1971b): Are there inhibitory mechanism in mammalian autonomic ganglia? Proc. Aust. Physiol. Pharmacol. Soc. 2, 31-32.
Crowcroft, P.J. and Szurszewski, J.H. (1971): A study of the inferior mesenteric and pelvic ganglia of guinea pigs with intracellular electrodes. J. Physiol. 219, 421-441.
Cuello, A.C., Fiacco, M.D. and Paxinos, G. (1978): The central and peripheral ends of substance P-containing sensory neurons in the rat trigeminal system. Brain Res. 15l, 499-509.
Dalsgaard, C.-J. and Elfvin, L.-G. (1979): Spinal or1g1n of preganglionic fibers projecting onto the superior cervical ganglion and inferior mesenteric ganglion of the guinea pig, as demonstrated by the horseradish peroxidase technique. Brain Res. 172, 139-143.
Dalsgaard, C.-J. and Elfvin, L.-G. (1982a): Structural studies on the connectivity of the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the guinea pig. J. Autonom. Nerv. Sys. 5, 265-278.
Dalsgaard, C.-J., Hokfelt, T., Elfvill, L.-G. and Skirboll, L. (1982b): Substance P-containing primary sensory neurons projecting to the inferior mesenteric ganglion: evidence from combined retrograde tracing and immunohistochemistry. Neurosci. 7, 647-654.
Dalsgaard, C.-J., Hokfelt, T. and Schultzberg, M. (1983): Origin of peptidecontaining fibers in the inferior mesenteric gangl ion of the guinea
217
pig: immunohistochemical studies with antisera to substance P, enkephalin, vasoactive intestinal polypeptide, cholecystokinin and bombesin. Neurosci. 9, 191-211.
Dalsgaard, C.-J., Vincent, S.R., Hokfelt, T., Lundberg, J.M., Dahlstrom, A., Schultzberg, M., Dockray, G.J. and Cuello, A.C. (1982c): Coexistence of cholecystokinin- and substance P-like peptides in neurons of the dorsal root ganglia of the rat. Neurosci. Lett. 33, 159-163.
DeGroat, W.C. and Krier, J. (1979): The central control of the lumbar sympathetic pathway to the large intestine of the cat. J. Physiol. 289, 449-468.
Del Tacca, M., Soldani, G. and Crema, A. (1970): Experiments on the mechanism of action of caerulein at the level of the guinea pig ileum and colon. Agents Actions 1, 176-181.
Deschenes, R.J., Lorenz, L.J., Haun, R.S., Ross, B.A., Collier, K.J. and Dixon, J .E. (1984): Cloning and sequence analysis of a cDNA encoding rat preprocho1ecystokinin. Proc. Nat1. Acad. Sci. USA 81, 726-730.
Deschenes, R.J., Haun, R.S., Sunke1, D., Ross, B.A. and Dixon, J.E. (198S): Modulation of cholecystokinin gene expression. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 53-60.
Deschodt-Lanckman, M. (1985): Enzymatic degradation of cholecystokinin in the central nervous system. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 87-98.
Deschodt-Lanckman, M.N., Bul, D., Hoyer, M. and Christophe, J. (1981): Degradation of cholecystokinin-like peptides by a crude rat brain synaptosomal fraction: A study by high pressure liquid chromatography. Reg. Peptides 2, 15-30.
Deschodt-Lanckman, M., Robberecht, P., DeMeef, P., Labrie, F., and Christophe, J. (1975): In vitro interactions of gastrointestinal hormones on cyclic adenosine 3': S'-monophosphate levels and amylase output in the rat pancreas. Gastroenterology 681, 318-325.
Dockray, G.J. (1976): Immunochemical evidence of cholecystokinin-like peptide in brain. Nature 264, 568-570.
Dockray, G.J. (1979): Evolutionary relationships of the gut hormones. Fed. Proc. 38, 2295-2301.
Dockray, G.J. (980): Cholecystokinin in rat cerebral cortex: Identification, purification, and characterization by immunochemica1 methods. Brain Res. 188, 155-165.
218
Dockray, G.J. (1982): The physiology of cholecystokinin in brain and gut. Br. Med. Bull. 38: 253-258.
Dockray, G.J., Desmond, R., Gayton, R.J., Jonsson, A.C., Raybould, H., Sharkey, K.A., Varro, A. and Williams, R.G. (1985): Cholecystokinin and gastrin forms in the nervous system. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 32-43.
Dockray, G.J., Gregory, R.A., Hutchinson, J.B., Harris, J.I., Runswick,M.J. (1978): Isolation, structure, and biological activity of two cholecystokinin octapeptides from sheep brain. Nature 274, 711-713.
Dockray, G.J., Gregory, R.A., Tracy, H.J. and Zhu, W.-Y. (1981). Transport of cholecystokinin octapeptide-like immunoreactivity toward the gut in afferent vagal fibres in cat and dog. J. Physiol. 314, 501-511.
Dodd, P.R., Edwardson, J.A. and Dockray, G.J. (1980): The depo1arizationinduced release of cholecystokinin C-terminal octapeptide (CCK-S) from rat synaptosomes and brain slices. Reg. Peptides 1, 17-29.
Dodd, J. and Kelly, J.S. (1981): The actions of cholecystokinin and related peptides on pyramidal neurons of the mammalian hippocampus. Brain Res. 205, 337-350.
Dun, N. J. (1980): Ganglionic transmission: electrophysiology and pharmacology. Fed. Proc. 39, 2982-2989.
Dun, N.J. and Jiang, Z.-G. (1982): Non-cholinergic excitatory transmission in inferior mesenteric ganglia of the guinea pig: Possible mediation by substance P. J. Physiol. 325, 145-159.
Dun, N.J. and Karczmar, A.G. (1979): Actions of substance P on sympathetic neurons. Neuropharmacol. 18, 215-218.
Dun, N.J. and Kiraly, M. (1983): Capsaicin causes release of a substance Plike peptide in guinea-pig inferior mesenteric ganglia. J. Physiol. 340, 107-120.
Dun, N.J. and Minota, S. (1981): Effects of substance P on neurones of the inferior meeenteric ganglia of the guinea-pig. J. Physiol. 321, 359-271.
Dun, N.J., Nishi, S. and Karczmar, A.G. (1978): An analysis of the effect of angiotensin II on mammalian ganglion cells. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 204, 669-675.
Dryer, S.E. and Chiappinelli, V.A. (1985): Substance P depolarizes nerve terminals in an autonomic ganglion. Brain Res. 336, 190-194.
Edwardson, J .A. and McDermott, R.M. (1982): Neurochemical pathology of brain
219
peptides. Br. Med. Bull. 38, 259-264.
E1fvin, L.-G. (1968): A new granule-containing nerve cell in the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the rabbit. J U1trastruct. Res. 22, 37-44.
Elfvin, L.-G. (197la): Ultrastructural studies on the synaptology of the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the cat, 1. Observations on the cell surface of the postganglionic perikarya. J. Ultrastruct. Res. 37, 411-425.
Elfvin, L.-G. (1971b): Ultrastructural studies on the synaptology of the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the cat, II. specialized serial neuronal contacts between preganglionic end fibers. J. Ultrastruct. Res. 37, 426-431.
Elfvin, L.-G. (1971c): Ultrastructural studies on the synaptology of the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the cat, III. The structure and distribution of the axodendritic and dendrodendritic contacts. J. Ultrastruct. Res. 37, 432-448.
Elfvin, L.-G. (1983): Autonomic ganglia, John Wiley & Sons, pp. 527.
Elfvin, L.-G. and Dalsgaard, C.-J. (1977): Retrograde axonal transport of horseradish peroxidase in afferent fibers of the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the guinea pig. Identification of the cells of origin in dorsal root ganglia. Brain Res. 126, 149-153.
Elfvin, L.-G., Hokfelt, T. and Goldstein, M. (1975): Fluorescence microscopical, Umnunohistochemical and ultrastructural studies on sympathetic ganglia of the guinea pig, with special reference to the SIF cells and their catecholamine content. J. Ultrastruct. Res. 51, 377-396.
Emson, P.C., Dawbarn, D., Rooser, M.N., Rehfeld, J.F., Brundin, P, Isacson, o. and Bjorklund, A. (1985): Cholecystokinin content in the basal ganglia in Huntington I s disease: The expression of cholecystokinin immunoreactivity in striatal grafts to ibotenic acid-Iesioned rat striatum. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J. -J • and Crawley, J.N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 488-494.
Emson, P.C., Hunt, S.P., Rehfeld, J.F., Golterman, N. and Fahrenkrug, J. (1980): Cholecystokinin and vasoactive intestinal polypeptide in the mammalian CNS: distribution and possible physiologial roles. In: "Neural Peptide ~ Neuronal Communication" (eds. Costa, E. and Trabucchi, M.) Raven Press, New York, pp. 63-74, 1980.
Emson, P.C., Lee, C.M. and Rehfeld, J.F. (1980b): Cholecystokinin octapeptide: vesicular localization and calcium-dependent release from rat brain in vitro. Life Sci. 26, 2157-2163.
Emson, P.C. and Sandberg, B.E.B. (1983): Cholecystokinin and substance P in
220
the central nervous system. Annu. Rep. Med. Chem. 18, 31-39.
Emson, R.C., Goedert, M., Horsfield, P., Pioux, F. and Pierre, S. St. (1982): The regional distribution and chromatographic characterization of neurotensin-like immunoreactivity in the rat central nervous system. J. Neurochem. 38, 992-999.
Falck, B. (1962): Observations on the possibilities of the cellular localization of monoamines by a fluorescence method. Acta Physiol. Scand. 56, Supple 197.
Faris, Patricia L. (1985): Opiate antagonistic function of cholecystokinin in analgesia and energy balance systems. In: "Neurona1 Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, 437-447.
Fein, H. (1966): Passing current through recording glass micropipette electrode. IEEE Trans. Biomed. Eng.
Fekete, M., Lengyel, A., Hegedus, B., Penke, B., Zarandy, M., Toth,G.K. and Telegdy, G. (1984): Further analysis of the effects of cholecystokinin octapeptides on avoidance behavior in rats. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 98, 79-91.
Feldberg, W. and Gaddum, J.H. (1934): The chemical transmitter at synaptses in a sympathetic ganglion. J. Physiol. 81, 305-319.
Ferrier,!. N. , Crow, T. J. , Farmery, S.M. Roberts, G. W. , Owen, F. , Adrian, T. E. and Bloom, S.R. (1985): Reduced cholecystokinin levels in the limbic lobe in schizophrenia: A marker for pathology underlying the defect state? In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.-N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, 495-506.
Ferry, C.B. (1967): The innervation of the vas deferens of the guinea pig. J. Physiol. 192, 463-478.
Foley, J.O. (1945): The components of the cervical sympathetic trunk with special reference to its accessory cells and ganglia. J. Compo Neurol. 82, 77-91.
Furness, J.B. and Costa, M. (1974): The adrenergic innervations of the gastrointestinal tract. Ergebn. Physio. 69, 1-51.
Furness, J.B. and Costa, M. (1980). Types of nerves in the enteric nervous system. Neurosci 5, 1-20.
Furness, J.B. and Sobels, G. (1976): The ultrastructure of paraganglia associated with the inferior mesenteric ganglia in the guinea pig. Cell Tis. Res. 171, 123-139.
Fuxe, K., Andersson, K., Locatelli, V., Agnati, L.F., Hokfelt, T., Skirboll,
221
L. and Mutt, V. (1980): Cholecystokinin peptides produce marked reduction of dopamine turnover in discrete areas in the rat brain following intraventricular injection. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 67, 329-333.
Gabella, G.(1976): Structure of the autonomic nervous system. Chapman and Hall, London, pp. 214.
Gamse, R., Lembeck, F., Cuello, A.C. (1979): Substance P in the vagus nerve: Immunochemical and immunohistochemical evidence for axoplasmic transport. Naunyn-Schmiederberg Arch. Pharmacol. 306, 37-44.
Gamse, R., Holzer, P. and Lembeck, F. (19BO): Decrease of substance P in primary sensory neurones and impairment of neurogenic plasma extravasation by capsaicin. Br. J. Pharmacol. 68, 207-213.
Gamse, R., Leeman, S., Holzer, P. and Lembeck, F. (l98lb): Differential effects of capsaicin on the content of somatostatin, substance P and neurotensin in the nervous system of the rat. Naunyn Schmiedebergs Arch. Pharmacol. 317, 140-148.
Gamse, R., Wax, A., Zigmond, R.E. and Leeman, S.E. (1981a): Immunoreactive substance P in sympathetic ganglia: distribution and sensitivity towards capsaicin. Neurosci. 6, 437-441.
Garry, R.C. (1933a): The nervous control of the caudal region of the large bowel in the cat. J. Physiol. 77, 422-431.
Garry, R.C. and Gillespie, J.S. (1955): The responses of the musculature of the colon of the rabbit to stimulation , in vitro of the parasympathetic and of the sympathetic outflows~. Physiol. 128, 557-576.
Gandreau, P., Quirion, R., Pierre, S. St. and Pert, C.B. (1983): Characterization ~nd visualization of cholecystokinin receptors in rat brain using [ H]pentagastrin. Peptides 4, 755-762.
Gershon, M.D. (1981): The enteric nervous system. Ann. Rev. Neurosci. 4, 227-272.
Gibson, J .G., Polak, J .M., Bloom, S.R. and Wall, P .D. (1981): The distribution of nine peptides in rat spinal cord with special emphasis on the substantia gelatinosa and on the area around the central canal (Laminax). J. Compo Neurol, 201, 65-79.
Gilbert, R.F.T., Emson, P.C., Fahrenkrug, J., Lee, C.M., Penman, E. and Wass, J. (1980): Axonal transport of neuropeptides in the cervical vagus nerve of the rat. J. Neurochem. 34, 10B-113.
Gillespie, J.H. (1934): The biological significance of the linkages in adenosine triphosphoric acid. J. Physiol. 80, 345-359.
222
Gillespie, J.S., Mackenna, B.R. (1961): The inhibitory action of the sympathetic nerves on the smooth muscle of the rabbit gut, its reversal by reserpine and restoration by catecholamines and by dopa. J. Physiol. 156, 17-34.
Goltermann, N.R. (1982a): In vivo biosynthesis of cholecystokinin in hog cerebral cortex. Peptides 1, 101-104.
Goltermann, N.R. (1982b): In vivo synthesis of cholecystokinin in the rat cerebral cortex: Identification of COOH-terminal peptides with labeled amino acids. Peptides 3, 733-737.
Go1termann, N.R. (1985): The biosynthesis of cholecystokinin in neuronal tissue. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.-N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, 495-506.
Goltermann, N., Rehfeld, J.F. and Roigaard-Petersen, H. (1980a): In vivo biosyntehsis of cholecystokinin in rat cerebral cortex. J-.-Biol. Chem. 255, 6181-6185.
Goltermann, N.R., Rehfeld, J.F. and Roigaard-Petersen, R. (1980b): Concentration and in vivo synthesis of cholecystokinin in subcortical regions Of the rat brain. J. Neurochem. 35, 479-483.
Goltermann, N.R., Rehfeld, J.R. and Roigaard-Petersen, H. (1980c): In vivo biosynthesis of cholecystokinin in rat cerebral cotex. J~Biol. Chem. 255, 6181-6185.
Goltermann, N.R., Stengaard-Pedersen, K., Rehfeld, J.F. and Christensen, N.J. (981): Newly synthetized cholecystokinin in subcellular fractions of the rat brain. J. Neurochem. 36, 959-965.
Grossman, M.I. (1970): Gastrin and its activities. Nature 228, 1147-1150.
Hahne, W.F., Jensen, R.T., Lemp, G.F. and Gardner, J.D. (1981): Proglumide and benzotript: Members of a different class of cholecystokinin receptor antagonists. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 78, 6304.
Harper, A.A. and Raper, H.S. (943): Pacreozymin, a stimulant of the secretion of pancreatic enzymes in extracts of the small intestine. J. Physiol. 102, 115-125.
Hamberger, B. and Norberg, K.-A. (965): Studies on some systems of adrenergic synaptic terminals in the abdominal ganglia of the cat. Acta Physiol. Scand. 65, 235-241.
Hamberger, B., Norberg, K.-A. and Ingerstedt, U. (965): Adrenergic synaptic terminals in autonomic ganglia. Acta Physiol. Scand. 64, 285-286.
Harris, A.J. (1943): An experimental analysis of the inferior mesenteric plexus. J. Compo Neurol. 79, 1-17.
223
Hartman, D.A. and Krier, J. (1984): Synaptic and antidromic potentials of visceral neurons in ganglia of the lumbar sympathetic chain of the cat. J. Physiol. 350 t 413-428.
Hartzell, H.C. (1981): Mechanisms of the slow postsynaptic potentials. Nature 291, 539-544.
Hays, S.E., Beinfeld, M.C, Jensen, R.T., Goodwin, F.K. and Paul, S.M. (1980): Demonstration of a putative receptor site for cholecystokinin in the brain. Neuropeptides 1, 53-62.
Hays, S.E., Houston, S.H., Beinfeld, M.C. and Paul, S.M. (1981): Postnatal ontogeny of cholecystokinin receptors in rat brain. Brain Res. 213, 237-241.
Hays, S.E. and Paul, S.M. (1981): Cholecystokinin receptors are increased in cerebral cortex of genetically obese rodents. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 70, 591-592.
Hays, S.E. and Paul, S.M. (1982): CCK receptors and human neurological disease. Life Sci. 31, 319-322.
Henon, B.K. and McAfee, D.A. (1983): The ionic basis of adenosine receptor actions on post-ganglionic neurones in the rat. J. Physio1. 336, 607-620.
Hinsey, J.C. and Gasser, H.S. (1930): The component of the'dorsa1 root mediating vasodilatation and the sherrington contracture. Am. J. Physiol. 92, 679-689.
Hokfelt, T., Elfvin, L.-G., Schu1tzberg, M., Goldstein, M. and Nilsson, G. (1977): On the occurrance of subs tance P-containing fibers in sympathetic ganglia: Immunohistochemical evidence. Brain Res. 132, 29-41. .
Hokfelt, T., Johansson, 0., Ljungdahl, A., Lundberg, J.M. and Schultzberg, M. (1980a): Peptidergic neurones. Nature 284, 515-521.
Hokfelt, T., Kellerth, J .-0. , Nilsson, G. and Pernon, B. (1975): Experimental immunohistochemical studies on the localization and distribution of substance P in cat primary sensory neurons 100, 235-252.
Hokfelt, T., Skirboll, L., Everitt, B., Meister, B., Brownstein, M., Jacob, T., Faden, A., Kuga, S., Goldstein, M., Markstein, R., Dockray, G. and Rehfeld, J. (1985): Distribution of cholecystokinin-like immunoreactivity in the nervous system: Co-existence with classical neurotransmitters and other neuropeptides. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J. -J. and Crawley, J. N. ) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, 255-273.
224
Hokfelt, T. Skirboll, L., Rehfeld, J.G., Goldstein, M., Markey and Dann, O. (1980b): A subpopulation of mesencephalic dopamine neurons projecting to limbic areas contains a cholecystokinin-like peptide: Evidence from immunohistochemistry combined with retrograde tracing. Neurosci. 5, 2093-2124.
Hokfelt, T., Rehfeld, J.F., Skirboll, L., Ivemark, B., Goldstein, M. and Markey, K. (1980c): Evidence for coexistence of dopamine and CCK in mesolimbic neurons. Nature 285: 476-478.
Hsiao, S., Katsuura, G. and Itoh, S.L. (1984): Cholecystokinin tetrapeptide, proglumide and open-field behavior in rats. Life Sci. 34, 2165-2168.
Hutchison, J .B., Dimaline, R. and Dockray, G.J. (1981): Neuropeptides in the gut: Quantification and characterization of cholecystokinin octapeptide, bombesin, and vasoactive intestinal polypeptide-like immunoreactivities in the myenteric plexus of the guinea pig small intestine. Peptides 2, 23-30.
Ingersoll, E.R. and Jones, L.L. (1958): Effect upon the urinary bladder of unilateral stimulation of hypogastric nerves in the dog. Anat. Rec. 130, 605-615.
Innis, R.B., Gorrea, M.A., Uh1, G.R., Schneider,.B. and Snyder, S.H. (1979): Cholecystokinin octapeptide-like immunoreactivity: Histochemical localization in rat brain. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 76, 521-525.
Innis, R.B. and Snyder, S.H. (1980): Uistinct Cholecystokinin receptors in brain and pancreas. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77, 6917-6921.
Ivy, A.C. and Goldberg, E. (1928): Hormone mechanism for gall bladder contraction and evacuation. Am. J. Physiol. 86, 599-613 •
• j!
Jan, Y.N., Jan, L.Y. and Kuffler, S.W. (1980): Further evidence for peptidergic transmission in sympathetic ganglia. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77, 5008-5012.
Jancso, G., Hokfelt, T., Lundberg, J.M., Kiraly, E., Halasz, N., Nilsson, G., Terenius, L., Rehfeld, J., Steinbasch, H., Verhofstad, A., E1de, R., Said, S. and Brown, M. (1981): Immunohistochemical studies of the effect of capsaicin on spinal and medullary peptide and monoamine neuron using antisera to substance P, gastrin/CCK, somatostatin, VIP, enkephalin, neurotensin and 5-hydroxytryptamine. J. Neurocytol. 10, 963-980.
Jeftinija, S., Miletic, V. and Randic, M. (1981): Cholecystokinin octapeptide excites dorsal horn neurons both in ~ and in vitro. Brain Res. 213, 231-236.
Jensen, R.T.,. Lemp. G.F. and Gardner, J.D. (1980): Interaction of cholecystokinin with specific membrane receptors on pancreatic
225
acinar cells. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77, 2029-2083.
Jensen, R.T., Lemp, G.F. and Gardner, J.D. (1982): Interactions of COOHterminal fragments of cholecystokinin with receptors on dispersed acini from guinea pig pancreas. J. Biol. Chem. 257, 5554-5559.
Jensen, R.T., Murphy, R.B., Trampota, M., Schneider, L.H., Jones, S.W., Howard, J.M. and Gardner, J.D. (1985): Proglumide analogues: Potent cholecystokinin receptor antagonists. Am. J. Physiol. 249, G2l4-G220.
Jessel, T.M., Iversen, L.L. and Cuello, A.C. (1978): Capsaicin-induced depletion of substance P from primary sensory neurons. Brain Res. 152, 183-188.
Jiang, Z.-G. and Dun, N.J. (1981): Multiple conductance change associated with the slow excitatory potential in mammalian sympathetic neurons. Brain Res. 229, 203-208.
Jiang, Z.-G. and Dun, N.J. (1982): Substance P: a putative sensory transmitter in mammalian autonomic ganglion. Sci. 217, 739-741.
Jiang, Z.-G., Dun, N.J. and Karczmar, A.G. (1982a): Substance P a putative sensory transmitter in mammalian autonomic ganglia. Sci. 217, 739-741.
Job, C. and Lundberg, A. (1952): Reflex excitation of cells in the inferior mesenteric ganglion on stimulation of the hypogastric nerve. Acta Physiol. Scand. 26, 366-382.
Johansson, B. and Langston, J.B. (1964): Reflex influence of mesenteric afferents on renal, intestinal and muscle blood flow and on intestinal motility. Acta Physiol. Scand.61, 400-412.
Johnson, L.R., Sterning, G.F. and Grossmann, M.1. (1970): Effect of sulfation on the gastrointestinal action of caeru1ein. Gastroent. 58, 208-216.
Jule, Y., Krier, J. and Szurszewski, J.H. (1983): Patterns of innervation of neurons in the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the cat. J. Physiol. 344, 293-304.
Jule, Y. and Szurszewski, J.H. (1983): Electrophysiology of neurones of the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the cat. J. Physiol. 344, 277-292.
Kadar, T., Penke, B., Kovacs, K. and Telegdy, G. (1984): The effects of sulfated and nonsul fated CCK octapeptides on electroconvulsive shock (ECS)-induced retrograde amnesia after i.c.v. administration in rats. Neuropeptides 4, 127-135.
Kaminski, D.L., Ruwart, M.J. and Jellinek, M. (1977): Structure-function relationships of peptide fragments of gastrin and cholecystokinin.
226
Am. J. Physiol. 233, E286-E292.
Katayama, Y., Inokuchi, R. and Nishi, S. (1981): Voltage clamp study of the late slow excitatory postsynaptic current in bullfrog sympathetic ganglion cells. Neurosci. Lett. Supp1. 6, S 63.
Katz, B. and Thesleff, S. (1957): A study of the "desensitization produced by acetylcholine at the motor endp1ate. J. Physio1. 138, 63-80.
King, B.F. and Szurszewski, J.R. (1984a): An electro-physiological study of inferior mesenteric ganglion of the dog. J. Neurophysio1. 51, 607-615.
King, B.F. and Szurszewski, J.H. (1984b): Mechanoreceptor pathways from the distal colon to the autonomic nervous system in the guinea-pig. J. Physio1. 350, 93-107.
Koike, J., Kandel, E.R. and Schwartz, J.H. (1974): Synaptic ~elease of radioactivity after intrasomatic injection of cho1ine- H into an identified Cholinergic interneuron in abdominal ganglion of Ap1ysia Ca1ifornica. J. Neurophysio1. 37, 815-827.
Konishi, S. and Otsuka, M. (1985): Blockade of slow excitatory post-synaptic potential by substance P antagonists in guinea-pig sympathetic ganglia. J. Physiol. 361, 115-130.
Konishi, S., Otsuka, M., Folkers, K. and Rosell, S. (1983): A substance P antagonist blocks non-cholinergic slow excitatory potential in guinea pig sympathetic ganglia. Acta Physiol. Scand. 117, 157-160.
Konishi, S., Tsunoo, A. and Otsuka, M. (1979): Substance P and noncholinergic excitatory synaptic transmission in guinea pig sympathetic ganglia. Proc. Japan Acad. 55, 525-530.
Konishi, S., Tsunoo, A., Yanaihara, N. and Otsuka, M. (1980): Peptidergic excitatory and inhibitory synapses in mammalian sympathetic ganglia: roles of substance P and enkepha1in. Biomed. Res. 1, 528-536.
Konturek, S.J., Pucher, A. and Radecki, T. (1976): Comparison of vasoactive intestinal peptide and secretion in stimulation of pancreatic secretion. J. Physiol. 255, 497-509.
Kreu1en, D.L. (1982a): Intracellular recordings in the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the rat: Proc. Soc. Neurosci. 8, 553.
Kreu1en, D.L. (1982b): Properties and synaptic responses of inferior mesenteric ganglion of the rabbit. Physiologists 25, 313.
Kreulen, D.L. and Szurszewski, J. H. (1979a): Nerve pathways in celiac plexus of the guinea pig. Am. J. Physiol. 237, E90-E97.
227
Kreu1en, D.L. and Szurszewski, J .H. (1979b): Reflex pathways in the abdominal prevertebra1 ganglia: evidence for a colo-colonic inhibitory reflex. J. Physiol. 295, 21-32.
Krier, J., Schmalz, P.F. and Szurszewski, J.H. (1982): Central innervation of neurons in the inferior mesenteric ganglion and of the large intestine of the cat. J. Physiol. 332, 125-138.
Krnjevic, K. and Phillis, J.W. (1963): Iontophoretic studies of neurones in the mammalian cerebral cortex. J. Physiol. 165, 274-304.
Kuba, K. and Koketsu, K. (1964): Ionic mechanism of the slow excitatory postsynaptic potential in bullfrog sympathetic ganglion cells. Brain Res. 81, 338-342.
Kuba, K. and Koketsu, K. (1976): Analysis of the slow excitatory postsynaptic potential in bullfrog sympathetic ganglion cells. Jap. J. Physiol. 26, 651-669.
Kuba, K. and Koketsu,K. (1978): Synaptic events in sympathetic ganglia. Prog. Neurobiol. 11, 77-169.
Kuntz, A. (1940): The structural organization of the inferior mesenteric ganglia. J. Compo Neuro1. 72: 371-381.
Kuntz, A. (1953): The Autonomic Nervous System. Lea and Febiger, Philadelphia.
Kuntz, A. (1956): Components of splanchnic and intermesenteric nerves. J. Compo Neurol. 105, 251-268.
Kuntz, A. and Saccomanno, G. (1944): Reflex inhibition of intestinal motility mediated through decentralized prevertebral ganglia. J. Neurophysiol. 7, 163-170.
Lamour, Y., Dutar, P. and Jobert, A. (1983): Effects of neuropeptides on rat cortical neurons: Laminar distribution and interaction with the effect of acetylcholine. Neuroscience 10, 107-117.
Langley, J.N. (1898): On the union of cranial autonomic (visceral) fibres with the nerve cells of the superior cervical ganglion. J. Physiol. 23, 240-270
Langley, J.N. (1901): Observations on the physiological action of extracts of the suprarenal bodies. J. Physio1. 27, 237-256.
Langley, J .N. and Anderson, H.K. (1895a): On the innervation of the pelvic and adjoining viscera, Part I. The lower portion of the intestine. J. Physiol. 18, 67-105.
228
Langley, J .N. and Anderson, H.K. (1895b): On the innervation of the pelvic and adjoining viscera, Part IV. The internal generative organs. J. Physiol. 19, 122-130.
Langley, J .N. and Anderson, H.K. (896): On the innervation of the pelvic and adjoining viscera, Part VII. Anatomical observations. J. Physiol. 20, 372-406.
Langley, J.N. and Dickinson, W.L. (1889): On the local paralysis of the peripheral ganglia and on the connection of different classes of nerve fibres with them. Proc. Roy. Soc. (Lond.) 46, 423-431.
Larsson, L.,-I. and Rehfeld, J.F. (1979): Localization and molecular heterogeneity of cholecystokinin in the central and peripheral nervous system. Brain Res. 165, 201-218.
Lawson, J. (934): The role of the inferior mesenteric ganglia in the diphasic response of the colon to sympathetic stimuli. Am. J. Physio1. 109, 257-273.
Lawson, J. and Holt, J.P. (1937): The control of the large intestine by the decentralized inferior mesenteric ganglion. Am. J. Physiol. 118~ 780-785.
Learmonth, J.R. and Markowitz, J. (1929): Studies on the function of the lumbar sympathetic outflow. 1. The relation of the lumbar sympathetic outflow to the sphincter ani internus. Am. J. Physiol. 89, 686-691. '
Learmonth, J.R. and Markowitz, J. (1930): Studies on the innervation of the large bowel. II. The influence of the lumbar colonic nerves on the distal portion of the colon. Am. J. Physio1. 94, 501-504.
Leranth, Cs. and Ungvary, Gy. (1970): Termination in the prevertebra1 abdominal sympathetic ganglia ofaxons arising from the local (terminal) vegetative plexus of viscera organs, peripheral reflex arcs. Z. Zel1forsch 110, 185-191.
Libet, B. (1970): Generation of slow inhibitory and excitatory postsynaptic potentials. Fed. Proc. 29, 1945-1956.
Ljungdahi, A., Hokfe1t, T. and Nilsson, G. (1978): Distribution of substance P-1ike immunoreactivity in the central nervous system of the rat. I. Cell bodies and nerve terminals. Neurosci. 3, 861-943.
Lloyd, D.P. (1937): The transmission of impulses through the inferior mesenteric ganglia. J. Physiol. 91, 296-313.
Loewi, o. (1921): Ueber humorale Uebertragbarkeit der Herznervenwirkung. Arch. ges-Physio1. 189, 239-242 •
•
229
Loren, I., Alumets, J., Hakanson, R.H. and Sundler, F. (1979): Distribution of gastrin and cholecystokinin-like peptides in rat brain. Histochem. 59, 249-257.
Lotstra, F., Verbanck, P.M. , Gilles, C. , Medlewicz, J. and Vanderhaeghen, J.J. (1985): Reduced cholecystokinin levels in cerebrospinal fluid of Parkinsonian and schizophr-enic patients: Effect of ceruletide in schizophrenia. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen J.-J. and Crawley, J.N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 507-517.
Lundberg, J.M., Hokfelt, T., Anggard, A., Uvorus-Wallensten, K., Brimijoin, S., Brodin, E. and Fahrenkrug, J. (1980): Peripheral peptide neurons: distribution, axonal transport and some aspects on possible function. In: "Neuronal Peptides and Neuronal Communication" (eds. Costa, E. and Trabucchi, M.) Raven Press, New York, pp. 25-36.
Lundberg, J.M., Hokfelt, T., Nilsson, G., Terenius, L., Rehfeld, J., Edle, R. and Said, S. (1978): Peptide neurons in the fagus, splanchnic and sciatic nerves. Acta Physiol. Scand. 104, 499-501.
Maciewicz, R., Phipps, B.S., Foote, W.E., Aronin, N. and DiLiglia (1983): The distribution of substance P-containing neurons in the cat EdingerWestphal nucleus. Relationship to efferent projection systems. Brain Res. , 270-217.
Maderdrut, J.L., Yaksh, T.L., Petrusz, P. and Go, V.L.W. (1982): Origin and distribution of cholecystokinin-containing nerve terminals in the llumbar dorsal horn and nucleus caudalis of the cat. Brain Res. 243, 363-368.
Magous, R. and Bali, J.P. (1983): Evidence that proglumide and benzotript antagonize secretagogue stimulation of isolated gastric purietal cells. Reg. Peptides 7, 233-241.
Mantyh, P. W. and Hunt, S.P. (1984): Evidence for cholecystokinin-like immunoreactive neurons in the rat medulla oblongata, project to the spinal cord. Brain Res. 291, 49-54.
Maruyama, Y. and Petersen, O.H. (1982): Single-channel currents in isolated patches of plasma membrane from basal surface of pancreatic acini. Nature 299, 159-161. -
Marley, P.D., Nagy, J.E., Emson, P.C. and Rehfeld, J.F. (1982): Cholecystokinin in the rat spinal cord: Distribution and lack of effect of neonatal capsaicin treatment and rhizotomy. Brain Res. 238, 494-498.
Marley, P.D. and Rehfeld, J.F. (1984): Extraction techniques for gastrins and cholecystokinin in the rat central nervous system. J. Neurochem. 42, 1515-1522.
230
Marley, P.D., Rehfeld, J.F. and Emson, P.C. (1984): Distribution and chromatographic characterization of gastrin and cholecystokinin in the rat central nervous system. J. Neurochem. 42, 1536-1541.
Matthews, M.R. and Cuello, C.A. (1982): Substance P-hmmunoreactive peripheral branches of sensory neurons innervate guinea pig sympathetic neurons. Proc. Natl. Acad. USA 79, 1668-1672.
Matthews, M.R. and Raisman, G. (1969): The ultrastructure and somatic efferent synapses of small granule-containing cells in the superior cervical ganglion. J. Anat. 105, 255-282.
McCaman, R.E., McKenna, D.G. and Ono, J.K. (1977): A pressure system for intracellular and extracellular ejections of picoliter volume. Brain Res. 136, 141-147.
McLennan, H. and Pascoe, J.E. (1954): The origin of certain non-medullated nerve fibres which form synapses in the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the rabbit. J. Physiol. 124, 145-156.
Mezey, E., Reisine, T.D., Skirboll, L.R., Beinfeld, M. and Kiss, J.Z. (1985): Cholecystokinin in the medial parvocellular subdivision of the paraventricular nucleus: coexistence with corticotropin-releasing hormone. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J. -J . and Crawley, J.N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 152-156.
M'Fadden, G.D.F., Loughridge, J.S. and Mieroy, T.H. (1935): The nerve control 'of the distal colon. Q.J. Exp. Physiol. 25, 315-327.
Minota, S., Dun, N.J. and Karczmar, A.G. (1981): Substance P-induced depolarization in sympathetic neurons: not simple K-inactivation. Brain Res. 216, 224-228.
Mitchell, G.A.G. (1953): Anatomy of the autonomic nervous system. Livingstone, E. and S. Ltd., Edinburgh.
Morin, M.I., DeMarch, P., Champagnant, J-J., Vanderhaeghen, J.-J., Rossier, J. and Denavitsaubie (1983): Inhibitory effect of cholecystokinin octapeptide on neurons in the nucleus tractus solitarius. Brain Res. 265, 333-338.
Morley, J.E. (1982): The ascent of cholecystokinin (CCK) from gut and brain. Life Sci. 30, 479-493.
Morley, J. S. (1968): Structure-function relationships in gastrin-like peptide. Proc. Roy Soc. B 170, 97-111.
Morley, J.E., Levine, A.S., Bartness, T.J., Nizielski, S.E., Shaw, M.J. and Hughes, J.J. (1985): Species differences in the response to cholecystokinin. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp.
231
413-416.
Morley, J.S., Tracy, H.J. and Gregory, R.A. (1965): Structure-function relationships in the active C-terminal tetrapeptide sequence of gastrin~ Nature 207, 1356-1359.
Moroji, T., Watanabe, N., Aoki, N. and Itoh, S. (1982): Antipsychotic effects of ceruletide (caerulein) on chronic schizophrenia. Arch. Gen. Psychiatry 39, 485-486.
Moseley, R.L. (1936): Preganglionic connections of intramural ganglia of urinary bladder. Proc. Soc. Exp. BioI. 34, 728-730.
Moss, M.S. and Basbaum, A.!. (1982): The peptidergic organization of the cat periaqueductal gray. II. The distribution of immunoreactive substance P and vasoactive intestinal polypeptide. J. Neurosci. 3, 1437-1499.
Muller, J.E., Straus, E. and Yalow, R.S. (1977): Cholecystokinin and its COOH terminal octapeptide in the big brain. Proc. Nat!. Acad. Sci. USA 76, 3035-3037.
Murase, K., Nedeljkov, V. and Randic, M. (1982): Reactions of neuropeptides on dorsal horn neurons in the rat spinal cord slice preparation: An intracellular study. Brain Res. 234, 170-176.
Murase, K. and Randic, M. (1984): Actions of substance P on rat spinal dorsal horn neurons. J. Physiol. 346, 203-217.
Mutt, V. (1976): Further investigations on intestinal hormonal polypeptides. Clin. Endocrinol. 5, 175S-183S.
Mutt, V. and Jorpes, J.E. (1966): Cholecystokinin and pancreozymin one single hormone? Acta Physiol. Scand. 66, 196-202.
Mutt, V. and Jorpes, J.E. (1968): Structure of porcine cholecystokinin pancreozymin I. Cleavage with thrombin and with trypsin. Eur. J. Biochem. 6, 156-162.
Nagy, J.I. Vincent, S.R., Staines, Hm. A., Fibiger, H.C., Reisine, T.D. and Yamamura, H.I. (1980): Neurotoxic action of capsaicin on spinal substance P neurons. Brain Res. 186, 435-444.
Neild, T.O. (1978): Slowly-developing depolarization of neurons in the guinea-pig inferior mesenteric ganglion following repetitive stimulation of the preganglionic nerves. Brain Res. 140, 231-239.
Nemeth, P.R., Zafirov, D.H. and Wood, J.D. (1985): Effects of cholecystokinin, caerulein and pentagastrin on electrical behavior of myenteric neurons. Eur. J. Pharmacol., 116, 263-269.
232
Nilsson, S. (1983): Autonomic Nerve Function in the Vertebrates. SpringerVerlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, Vol. 13, pp. 253.
Obata, K., Takeda, K. and Shinozaki, H. (970): Electrophoretic release of aminobutyric acid and glutamic acid from micropipettes. Neuropharmacol. 9, 191-194.
o 'Donohue, T.L., Beinfeld, M.C., Chey, W.Y., Chang, T.M., Nilaver, G., Zimmerman, E.A., Yajima, H., Adachi, H., Poth, M., Mc Devitt, R.P. and Jacobwitz, D.M. (1981): Identification, characterization and distribution of motilin immunoreactivity in the rat central nervous system. Peptides 2, 467-477.
Olgarth, L., Gazelius, B., Brodin, E. and Nilsson, G. (1977): Release of substance P-like immunoreactivity from the dental pulp. Acta Physiol. Scand. 101, 510-512.
Oscarsson, o. (1955): On the functional organization of the two presynaptic systems to the colonic nerve neurons of the inferior mesenteric ganglion in the cat. Acta Physiol. Scand. 35, 153-166.
Otsuka, M., Konishi, S., Yanagisawa, M., Tsunoo, A. and Akagi, H. (982): Role of substance P as a sensory transmitter in spinal cord and sympathetic ganglia in substance P in the nervous system. Ciba Foundation Symposium 91, Pitman, London, pp. 13-30.
Otsuka, M. Takahashi, T. (1977): Putative peptide neurotransmitters. Ann. Rev. Pharmacol. 17, 425-439.
Owman, C., AIm, P. and Sjoberg, N.-O. (1983): Pelvic autonomic ganglia: Structures transmitters, function and steroid influence. In: "Autonomic Ganglia" (ed. Elfvin, L.-G.) John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
Palkovits, M., Zaborsky, L., Brownstein, M.J., Fekete, M.I.K., Herman, J.P. and Kanyicska, B. (979): Distribution of norepinephrine and dopamine in cerebral cortical areas of the rat. Brain Res. Bull. 4, 593-601.
Paton, W.D. and Zar, A. (1968): The orlgln of acetylcholine released from guinea pig intestine and longitudinal muscle strips. J. Physiol. 194, 13-33.
Peggion, E., Mammi, S., Palumbo, M., Moroder, L. and Wunsch, E. (1983): Interaction of calcium ions with specific hormones of the gastrin family. Biopolymers 22, 2443-2457.
Peikin, S., Gostenbader, C.L., Gardner, J.D. (979): Actions of derivatives of cyclic nucleotides on dispersed acini from guinea pig pancreas discovery of a competitive antagonist of the action of cholecystokinin. J. BioI. Chem. 254, 5321-5327.
233
Peikin, S.R., Rottman, A.J., Batzri, S. and Gardner, J.D. (1978): Kinetics of amylase release by dispersed acini prepared from guinea pig pancreas. Am. J. Physiol. 235, E743-E749.
Penke, B., Kovacs, G.L., Zsigo, J., Kadar, T., Szabo, G., Kovacs, K. and Telegdy, G. (1985): In vivo sulfation of cholecystokinin octapeptide: possible -interaCtions of the two forms of cholecystokinin with 'dopamine in the brain. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 293-305.
Peters, S. and Kreulen, D.L. (1984): A slow EPSP in mammalian inferior mesenteric ganglion persists after in vivo capsaicin. Brain Res. 303, 186-189. ---
Peters, S. and Kreulen, D.L. (1985): Vasopressin-mediated slow EPSPs in a mammalian sympathetic ganglion. Brain Res. 339, 126-129.
Peters, S. and Kreulen, D.L. (1986): Fast and slow synaptic potentials produced in a mammalian sympathetic ganglion by colon distension. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 83, In Press.
Petersen, O.H. and Philpott, H.G. (1979): Pancreatic acinar cells: Effects of micro-ionophoretic polypeptide application on membrane potential and resistance. J. Physiol. 290, 305-315.
Phillis, J. W. and Kirkpatrick, J .R. (1978): Actions of various gastrointestinal peptides on the isolated amphibian spinal cord. Can. J. Physiol. Pharmacol. 57, 887-899.
Phillis, J.W. and Kirkpatrick, J.R. (1980): The actions of mo ti lin , leutenizing hormone, releasing hormone, cholecystokinin, somatostatin, vasoactive intestinal peptide and other peptides on rat cerebral cortical neurons. Can. J. Physiol. Pharmacol. 58, 612-623.
Philpott, H.G. and Petersen, O.H. (1979): Separate activation sites for cholecystokinin and bombesin on pancreatic acini an electrophysio1ogica1 study employing a competitive antagonist for the action of CCK. Pflugers Arch. 382, 263-267.
Randall, W.C., Cox, J.W., Alexander, W.F. and Coldwater, K.E. (1955): Direct examination of the sympathetic outflows in man. J. Appl. Physiol. 7, 688-698.
Rehfeld, J.F. (1978a): Localization of gastrin in neuro- and adenohypophysis. Nature, 271, 771-773.
Rehfeld, J.F. (l978b): Immunochemical studies on cholecystokinin. II. Distribution and molecular heterogeneity in the central nervous system and small intestine of man and hog. J. BioI. Chem. 253, 4022-
234
4030.
Rehfeld, J.F. (1980): Cholecystokinin. TINS, March, 65-67.
Rehfeld, J.F., Hansen, H.F., Larsson, L.-I., Stengaard-Pedersen, K. and Thorn, M.A. (1984): Gastrin and cholecystokinin in pituitary neurons. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81, 1902-1905.
Rehfeld, J.F., Hansen, H.F., Marley, P.D. andStengaard-Pederserl, K. (985): Molecular forms of cholecystokinin in the brain and the relationship to neuronal gastrin. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.N.~Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 11-23.
Rehfeld, J.F. and Kruse-Larsen, C. (1978): Gastrin and cholecystokinin in human cerebrospinal fluids: Immunochemical studies on concentrations and molecular heterogeneity. Brain Res. 155, 19-26.
Rehfeld, J.F., Larsson, L.-I., Goltermann, N., Schwartz, T.W., Holst, J.J., Jensen, S.L. and Morley, J.S. (1980): Neural regulation of pancreatic' hormone secretion by the C-terminal tetrapeptide of CCK. Nature 284, 33-38.
Rehfeld, J.F. and Lundberg, J.M. (983): Cholecystokinin in feline vagal and sciatic nerves: Concentration, molecular form and transport velocity. Brain Res. 275, 341-347.
Rogawski, M.A. (1982): Cholecystokinin octapeptide: Effects on the excitability of cultured spinal neurons. Peptides 3, 545-551.
Rogers, R.C. (1985): An inexpensive picoliter-volume pressure ejection system. Brain Res. Bull. 15, In Press.
Ross, J.P. (1935): The results of sympathectomy: an analysis of the cases reported by fellows of the association of surgeons. Br. J. Surg. 23, 433-443.
Saito, A., Sankaran, H., Goldfine, I.D. Cholecystokinin receptors in the distribution. Sci. 208, 1155-1158.
and Williams, J.A. (980): brain characterization and
Saito, A., Goldfine, I.D. and Williams, J.A. (1981): Characterization of receptors for cholecystokinin and related peptides in mouse cerebral cortex. J. Neurochem. 37, 483-490.
Sakai, M., Swartz, Barbara E. and Woody, C.D. (1979): Controlled micro release of pharmacological agents: measurements of volune ejected in vitro through fine tipped glass microelectrodes by pressure:-Neuropharmacol. 18, 209-213. .
Salt, T.E. and Hill, R.G. (1982): The effects of C-terminal fragments of
235
colecystokinin on the firing of single neurons in the caudal trigeminal nucleus of the rat. Neuropeptides 2, 301-306.
Sankaran, H., Bailey, A.C. and Williams, J.A., (1981): CCK-4 contains the full hormonal information of cholecystokinin in isolated pancreatic acini. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 103, 1356-1362. .
Sankaran, H., Goldfine, I.D., Deveney, C.W., Wong, K.-Y. and Williams, J.A., (1980): Binding of cholecystokinin to high affinity receptors on isolated rat pancreatic acini. J. BioI. Chem. 255, 1849-1853.
Sato, T., Takayanagi, 1. and Takagi, K. (1973): Pharmacological properties of electrical activities obtained from neurons in Auerbach's plexus. Japan J. Pharmacol. 23, 665-671.
Schroder, H.D. (1983): Localization of cholecystokinin-like immunoreactivity in the rat spinal cord with particular reference to the autonomic innervation of the pelvic organs. J. Compo Neural. 217, 176-186.
Schultzberg, M., Dockray, G.J. and Williams, R.G. (1982): Capsaicin depletes CCK-like immunoreactivity detected by immunohistochemistry, but not that measured by radioimmunoassay in rat dorsal spinal cord. Brain Res. 235, 198-204.
Schultzberg, M., Hokfelt, T., Nilsson, G., Tetenius, L., Rehfeld, J.F., Brown, M., Edle, R., Goldstein, M. and Said, S. (1980): Distribution of peptide- and catecholamine-containing neurons in the gastrointestinal tract of rat and guinea pig: immunohistochemical studies with antisera to substance P, vasoactive intestinal polypeptide, enkephalins, gastrin 1, cholecystokinin, neurotension, somatostatin and dopamine -hydroxylase. Neurosci. 5, 689-744.
Schumann, M.A. and Kreulen, D.L. (1985): Characterization of synaptic transmission in the inferiolo mesenteric ganglion of the rabbit. Soc. Neurosci. 11, 465.
Schumann, M.A. and Kreulen, D.L. (1986): Action of cholecystokinin octapeptide in vitro on neurons in inferior mesenteric ganglion of guinea pig. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., Submitted.
Schumann, M.A. and Kreulen, D.L. (1986): Cholecystokinin-related peptides have excitatory actions in the inferior mesenteric ganglion of the guinea pig. Gastroentrol. 90, 1622.
Schumann, M.A. and Kreulen, D.L. (1986): Evidence that cholecystokinin is a neurotransmitter in the inferior mesenteric ganglion of guinea pig. Soc. Neurosci., Submitted.
Sejnowski, T.J. (1982): Peptidergic synaptic transmission in sympathetic ganglia. Fed. Proc. 41, 2923-2928.
236
Simmons, M.A. (1985): The complexity and diversity of synaptic transmission in the prevertebral sympathetic ganglia. Prog. Neurobiol. 24, 43-93.
Simmons, M.A. and Dun, N.J. (1985): Synaptic transmission in the rabbit inferior mesenteric ganglion. J. Autonom. Nerv. Syst. 14, 335-350.
Skirboll, L.R., Grace, A.A., Hommer, D.W., Rehfeld, J., Goldstein, M., Hokfelt, T. and Bunney, B.S. (1981): Peptide monoamine coexistencestudies of the actions of cholecystokinin-like peptide on the electrical activity of midbrain dopamine neurons. Neurosci. 6, 2111-2124.
Skirboll, L., Hokfelt, T., Dockray, G., Rehfeld, J., Brownstein, M. and Cuello, A.C. (1983): Evidence for periaqueducta1 cholecystokininsubstance P neurons projecting to the spinal cord. J. Neurosci.3, 1151-1157.
Skirboll, L., Hokfelt, T., Rehfeld, J., Cuello, A.C. and Dockray, G.C. (1982): Coexistence of substance P and cholecystokinin-like immunoreactivity in neurons of the mesencephalic periaqueductal gray. Neurosci. Lett. 28, 35-39.
Skofitsch, G., Zamir, N., Helke, C.J., Savitt, J.M. and Jacobowitz (1985): Corticotropin releasing factor-like immunoreactivity in sensory ganglia and capsaicin sensitive neurons of the rat central nervous system: colocalization with other neuropeptides. Peptides 6, 307-318.
Skok, V.I. (1~73): Physiology of autonomic ganglia, Igaku Shoin Ltd, Tokyo, pp. 197.
Small, R.C. (1972): Transmission from intramural inhibitory neurones to circular smooth muscle of the rabbit caecum and the effects of catecholamines. Br. J. Pharmacol. 45, 149-150.
Smith, G.P. (1983): The peripheral control of appetite. Lancet 2, 88-90.
Stone, T. W. (1985): Microiontrophoresis and pressure ejection IBRO Handbook Series: Methods in the Neurosciences. Vol. 8, John Wiley & Sons. pp. 214.
Studler, J.M., Javoy-Agid, F.F. Cesselin, F., Legrand, J.C. and Agid, Y. (1982): CCK-8-immunoreactivity distribution in human brain: selective decrease in the substantia nigra from Parkinsonian patients. Brain Res. 243: 176-179.
Studler, M., Reibaud, M., Tramu, G., Blanc, G., Glowinski, J. and Tassin, J.P. (1985): Distinct properties of cholecystokinin-8 neurons innervating the nucleus accumbens. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin"
237
(eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J.-N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 293-305.
Szurszewski, J .H. (1981): Physiology of mammalian prevertebral ganglia. Ann. Rev. Physiol. 43, 53-68.
Szurszewski, J .H. and Weems, W.A. (1976): A study of peripheral input to and its control by post-ganglionic neurones of the inferior mesenteric ganglia. J. Physiol. 256, 541-556.
Te1egdy, G., Fekete, M. and Kadar, T. (1982): Cholecystokinin in the brain. Intern. Med. 2, 2-5.
Te1egdy, G., Kadar, T., Kovacs, K. and Penke, B. (1984): The inhibition of tail pinch-induced food intake by CCK octapeptides and their fragments. Life Sci. 35, 163-176.
Tracy, h.J. and Gregory, R.A. (1964): Physiological properties of a series of synthetic peptides structurally related to gastrin I. Nature 204, 935-938.
Trumble, H.C. (1933): Parasympathetic nerve supply to distal colon. M.J. Australia 2, 149-150.
Tsunoo, A., Konishi, S. and Otsuka, M. (1982): Substance P as an excitatory transmitter of primary afferent neurons in guinea-pig sympathetic ganglia. Neurosci. 7, 2025-2037.
Ungvary, G. and Leranth, C. (1970): Termination in the prevertebral sympathetic ganglia ofaxons arising from the local (terminal) vegetative plexus of visceral organs. Z. Zellforsch. Mikrosk Anat. 110, 185-191.
Urban, L. and Randic, M. (1984): Slow excitatory transmission in rat dorsal horn: Possible mediation by peptide. Brain Res. 290, 336-341.
Vanderhaeghen, J.-J., Goldman, S., Lotstra, F., Van Reeth, 0., Deschepper, C., Rossier, I. and Schiffmann, S. (1985): Co-existence of cholecystokinin or gastrin-like peptides with other peptides in the hypophysis and the hypothalamus. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J. -J. and Crawley, J.N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, 334-344.
Vanderhaeghen, J.-J., Lotstra, F., Mey, J.De and Gilles, C. (1980): Immunohistochemical localization of cholecystokinin- and gastrinlike peptides in the brain and hypophysis of the rat. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77, 1190-1194.
Vanderhaeghen, J.-J., Signeau, J.C. and Gepts, W. (1975): New peptide in the vertebrate CNS reacting with gastrin antibodies. Nature 257, 604-605.
238
Vizi, E.S., Bertaccini, G., Impicciatore, M. and Knoll, J. (1972): Acetylcholine-releasing effect of gastrin and related polypeptides. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 17, 175-178.
Vizi, E.S., Bertaccini, G., Impicciatore, M., Mantovani, P., Zseli, J. and Knoll, J. (1974): Structure-activity relationship of some analogues of gastrin and cholecystokinin on intestinal smooth muscle of the guinea pig. Naunyn-Schmiedeb. Arch. Pharmacol. 284, 233-243.
Voigt, M.M. and Wang, R. Y. (1984): In vivo release of dopamine in the nucleus accumbens of the rat: ModuiatiOIiby cholecystokinin. Brain Res. 296, 189-193.
Walsh, J.R. and Grossman, M.I. (1975): Gastrin. New Eng. J. Med. 292, 1324-1332.
Weems, W.A. and Szurszewski, J.H. (1977): Modulation of colonic motility by peripheral neural inputs to neurons of the inferior mesenteric ganglia. Gastroenterology 73, 273-278.
Weems, W.A. and Szurszewski, J.R. (1978): An intracellular analysis of some intrinsic factors controlling neural output from inferior mesenteric ganglion of guinea pigs. J. Neurophysiol. 41, 305-321.
Weiss, J. (1979): Proglumide after 10 years: A review of clinical results. In: "Proglumide and Other Gastric Receptor Antagonists" (eds. Weiss, J. and Miederer, S.F.) Excerpta Medica, Amsterdam, pp. 113-131.
White, F.J. and Wang, R.Y. (1984): Interactions of cholecystokinin octapeptide and dopamine on nucleus accumbens neurons. Brain Res. 300, 161-166.
Willetts, J., Urban, L., Muraseiki and Randic, M. (1985): Action of cholecystokinin octapeptide on rat spinal dorsal horn neurons. In: "Neuronal Cholecystokinin" (eds. Vanderhaeghen, J.-J. and Crawley, J •. -N.) Ann. NY Acad. Sci. 448, pp. 385-402.
Williams, T.R. (1967). Electron microscopic evidence for an autonomic interneuron. Nature, 214, 309-310.
Wood, J.D. (1983): Neurophysiology of parasympathetic and enteric ganglia. In: "Autonomic Ganglia" (ed. Elfvin, L.-G.) John Wiley & Sons, Ltd., pp. 367-398.
Yaksh, T.L., Abay, E.O., II and Go, V.L.M. (1982): Studies on the location and release of cholecystokinin and vasoactive intestinal peptide in rat and cat spinal cord. Brain Res. 242, 279-290.
Yau, W.M., Makhlouf, G.M., Edwards, L.E. and Farrar, T. (1974): The action of cholecystokinin and related peptides on guinea pig small intestine.
239
Can. J. Physiol. Pharmacol. 52, 298-303.
Zarbin, M.A., Innis, R.B., Wamsley, J.K., Snyder, S.H. and Kuhar, M.J. (1981a): Autoradiographic localization of CCK receptors in giunea pig brain. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 71, 349-350.
Zarbin, M.A., Warmsley, J.K., Innis, R.B. and Kuhar, M.J. (1981b): Cholecystokinin receptors: presence and axonal flow in the rat vagus nerve. Life Sci. 29, 697-705.
Zieglgansberger, W., Herz, A. and Teschemacher, H. (1969): Electrophoretic release of tritium labelled glutamic acid from micropipette in vitro. Brain Res. 15, 298-300.